Profit Party: Recent Episodes

Tonya Rineer

Welcome to the profit party where we're all about teaching creative business owners how to attract ideal clients, make great money and live a life of freedom, joy and fulfillment.

We talk about:

Money Mindset Charging Your Worth Selling With Confidence Word of Mouth and Referral Strategies Productivity & Organization Manifesting & the Law of Attraction

If you're a creative business owner, and you're ready to build a business that gives you financial comfort and time freedom, hit the subscribe button and dig in because this podcast is for you!

Learn more about Tonya at: tonyarineer.com, where you can also grab her best-selling book, Mindset Switch, check out her group coaching programs or sign up for her emails where she shares a ton of behind-the-scenes tips that she doesn't share on social media or anywhere else!

View Details

Proving yourself is absolutely 100%, not a requirement.

We tell ourselves that if we just do this thing (Insert BS story here) that we'll feel more ready, more confident, more qualified. . . and that others will take us more seriously. But the truth is. . . the only requirement to being successful is that you believe in yourself!

If you've been telling yourself that you have to:

  • Work for free before you can put yourself out there as an expert

-Get a list of powerful testimonials before you can start to charge what you're skills and services are worth

-Get a fancy degree or certification to prove that you're qualified

-Get your work published before people will take you seriously

This episode is for you! xo

View Details

When it comes to business decisions, how do you know if the doubt is coming from a place of fear or misalignment?

Fear is just you telling yourself that you aren't enough (it's a lie). Misalignment, on the other hand, is your intuition screaming, "You deserve more than this! You can do better! Run the other way. . . Hurry!!!!"

So today, we're getting into some practical woo as I share with you a little trick I learned on how to use your sacral response to make powerfully intuitive business decisions that will always lead you on the right path!

View Details

You may have heard of the "buyer's journey" or "customer journey" before when marketers reference the stages and thought processes that influence each stage as your ideal client goes interacts with your brand—pre and post-sale. You might even think of it as somewhat of a sales funnel.

I like to refer to the buyer's journey as a trust funnel because, when you're selling services (rather than commodity products) it isn't about convincing them to buy your product, it's about building trust so you don't have to do any convincing at all!

Once you have your trust funnel in place, you'll easily be able to take your ideal clients on a journey from not having any idea who you are (aka total stranger) through getting to know you, falling in love with you, hiring you and then telling everybody about you and why you're amazing and why they should hire you too!

There are six components of this trust-building journey, and, in this episode, we're going to get to them all.

View Details

Let's talk about what you need to think about when building your personal brand in order to stand out and get noticed by those ideal clients that you want to attract and work with.

If you're like most people, when you hear the word "branding" you probably think about logos and color palettes. And while that is one aspect of branding, we're going to go a lot deeper, because your personal brand is more than your logo and your color palettes. It's an extension of you, it's your personality, it's who you are, what you stand for, and what makes you different than all the other people out there doing the exact same thing that you do. And the more clarity you have around that, the more confident you're going to be putting that information out there and standing in that power so that you can attract the clients you align with.

Getting to a place of clarity & confidence with your messaging and branding does take a little bit of inner work. You have to be willing to stand in your power, own your brilliance and be willing to stand out and be different than everyone else.

View Details

There is no greater feeling than getting on a "sales" call and having the conversation feel like you're talking to your soul sister—where there isn't a single moment that you don't feel like you have to prove your value or convince them that you can help them because they already know. They're ready to say "yes" before they even get on the call with you.

The secret to having sales calls that don't require you to "sell" your services is in building a trusting relationship before the call ever happens.

Get the show notes HERE. 

Download the FREE PRICING GUIDE. 

View Details

At the end of the day, you are the most important employee in your business, whether you are working solo, or whether you have a team, your business cannot function without you, you are the heart and soul of it. You have to start making yourself a priority and taking care of yourself financially!

When you pay yourself, even if it's just a little bit at first, you will have an entirely different mindset that you carry with you and you'll show up in your business with a different energy. You'll show up feeling valued, respected, and more confident in the work you do.

When you value yourself, you'll send out that "I'm worth it" vibe, and others will value you, too. You'll own your worth, stand confident in your pricing, and attract clients to you who also value your work and are willing to invest in the services you offer.

In this episode, we're talking about how to get in the mindset of paying yourself and how to set up your financials to make it simple to actually do it.

Get the shownotes.

Get the FREE PRICING GUIDE.

View Details

The fastest way to grow your business as a coach, consultant or creative-service provider is to niche down. Let's talk about what a niche is, why it's so important and how to do it!

In this episode, we're going to cover:

  • What does it really mean to niche down (and how not to get it confused with an ideal client avatar)
  • Why it's so important to niche down (I've got at least six really good reasons that you need to know about!)
  • How to get over the mindset blocks that might be stopping you from choosing a niche to grow your business.

Get the shownotes HERE.

View Details

Grab the FREE WORKBOOK that goes with this episode at:

https://tonyarineer.com/TV02

Creating a high vibe routine is important because you're always manifesting—attracting opportunities, clients and things that match your vibrational frequency. 

Meaning, if you are high vibe, you are sending high-vibe signals out to the universe that act as boomerangs, and they find things that match that frequency and they bring them back to you.

So, if you are in a high vibe state, you're going to attract clients that are excited and ready to invest in hiring you, because they also high vibe (i.e. aligned with their own value and ready to invest in themselves), 

Your mindset is like a muscle—you've got to work it everyday to keep it in shape. Just like working out, mindset work has to become a habit.

That's why I recommend creating a daily routine that will get you into the habit of raising your vibe to the frequencies that allow you to manifest the things you want.  

View Details

This is an episode for practical people who want a step-by-step action plan to manifest more clients and money into their business.

GRAB THE FREE WORKBOOK AT: https://tonyarineer.com/TV01

If you're part of my tribe, you're an action taker. You aren't the type to sit around and wait for shit to happen. You want to know what to focus on everyday to grow your business. You want to check things off your to-do list so that you can feel like you're moving forward. I get it. I'm the same way.

I've been studying (and using) the law of attraction for years. In the beginning, it sounded so wonderful and fluffy—just be happy and the universe will fill your world with sunshine and rainbows. That whole woo-woo philosophy just didn't compute with me. I had no desire to take a passive role in my life or business. I needed an action plan (that's how I'm wired) and I needed to understand how this whole manifestation thing worked, for real, so that I could turn it into a process. 

It took a few years, but I did it. In this episode, I'm giving you the simplified step-by-step formula for manifesting clients and money into your business. If you want the deep dive version, I broke it down for you into chapters in my book, Mindset Switch.

View Details

When you feel imposter syndrome kicking in, when you start to question your abilities, your expertise or decisions. . . this episode is a reminder to refocus your energy and attention on what really matters. 

View Details

Listen to this episode first thing in the morning or whenever you need a boost  of positivity to raise your vibe and refocus on all of the blessings in your life. 

It takes 17 seconds to stop a negative thought cycle and 90 seconds to reset your emotions. This audio gives you six minutes of pure positivity—more than enough to start your day with gratitude, love and positive intention! 

You're about to have a really great day. And you deserve nothing less!  

For more audio's like this one, visit tonyarineer.com. There's a vault of resources waiting there for you! 

View Details

We all get triggered. It's human nature to see someone who has something that you don't have (and desire) and feel a tinge of jealousy or insecurity. . . it's what you do with that, that matters.

The information that particular trigger is giving you can either help you or haunt you. It can elevate you to your next level or it can wear you down. It can help you manifest your best life or it can keep you stuck where you are.

Listen as Tonya gives you tips to help you:

  • Identify the subtle moments that trigger you (we all have them!)
  • Learn what your triggers are trying to tell you
  • Use this new information to make quantum leaps in your life
  • Inspire others (like your kids) by helping them to rise above their triggers, too.

To learn more about Tonya, inquire about coaching or book her to speak at your event, please visit: https://tonyarineer.com/

View Details

Today we're diving into energy work because it is so important.

When is the last time you had a good cry? I mean, when is the last time you had a really good, ugly kind of cry? And do you do it often? How often do you cry?

We are talking about crying because it's an important part of energy work.

Using Energy Work Like Reiki

Uncovering an Avalanche of Emotions

Following the Flow of the Vibe Scale

Masculine Energy and Being a Strong Force

How Unbalanced Energy Affects Us

How Crying Allows You To Balance Energy

You Have Permission to Cry It Out

Links Mentioned: * Like my Facebook Page * Get my meditations, pep talks and more.

View Details

Today, I want to talk to you about other people's opinions. And more importantly, how to pull back from them and take back the power that you're so used to giving to them. Because when it all comes down to it, their opinion doesn't count. The only opinion that matters is yours.

Recently, I've been getting comments here and there on Facebook, haters on the internet that just don't have nice things to say. Because they feel like the internet and posting negative, icky, low-vibe comments is something that is appropriate and must make them feel good. And sometimes I am the target of their negativity, as you may be as well.

I have a way of dealing with that that may be helpful for you when you're dealing with other people's negative opinions, and that is simply to take a step back and observe, not absorb, that comment.

It's in that moment that you have a choice. You can choose to give those words power by agreeing with them and attaching a feeling to them, allowing them to feel true in your body. Or you can pause, take a step back, and go, "That's interesting, but I'm not going to take that on. I'm not going to give these words power. I'm going to choose in this moment to disagree with what it is that you just said,"

You may be giving your power away, power to words that aren't yours, beliefs that aren't yours. Because here's the thing, words themselves mean nothing unless you believe them. It's your belief that has the power. And if you don't argue with that belief, if you don't release it and let it go, it's going to continue to show up again and again.

So what beliefs are you currently holding onto? What beliefs do you hold inside your heart and in your mind that no longer serve you? Where did they come from? Are they your beliefs, or are these the beliefs and opinions of somebody else? Are you letting these beliefs hold you back from being your authentic self? And if you are, I want you to hear my words right now.

You and your opinion and the way you believe, it's your opinion and the way you feel and think about yourself that comes first.

And if you find that you are giving your attention, your focus, the power to words and beliefs and opinions that are not yours or are not serving you, I want you to take a step back, say to yourself, "That's interesting, but I'm not going to take that on. I love my authentic self just the way I am."

And repeat it again and again until you start to feel it. And once you start to feel it, you will start to believe it.

Now, if putting yourself out there is something that may be holding you back in your life or business, I invite you to join a workshop that I have on this very subject coming up.

Join the workshop: https://tonyarineer.com/tribe

Get the shownotes: https://tonyarineer.com/153

View Details

We all fall into a comparison trap, that negative cycle of thoughts and inadequate feelings that lead us to believe that we are not good enough.

What if every time we had a comparison thought, what if those lipstick red polka dots automatically appeared on our face? Can you imagine how polka-dotted we'd all look? It's just something we all do because it's habitual.

And oftentimes, these are automatic thoughts that happen without us even being aware that they're happening. They cause feelings of self-doubt, insecurity, inadequacy, and they can manipulate the way we show up in life. They could stop us from taking action, stop us from going after our dreams and acquiring what it is that we want out of life. They really can stop us from living our best life, and we don't even know that they're happening. That's not good. So that's what we want to address today.

Comparison to Fit In

Comparison to Feel Good

Getting Out of the Comparison Trap

Questions to Ask Yourself

Comparison Takeaway

Keep your eyes on your own path. Run your own race. Stop competing with the people around you and compete only with yourself. Measure your progress. Look at where you were a day ago, a week ago, a month ago, or even a year ago, and acknowledge how far you've come, how much you've grown, and how much you have achieved and learned in that time. Keep an eye on where you're going and continue to celebrate your wins and your progress. Before you know it, you'll be exactly where you want to be.

Get tools to raise your vibe: https://tonyarineer.com/tribe

View Details

Today we are talking about energy, and specifically, your energy type. There are four different sources of energy that we each have and we must find the balance between them to avoid burn out. A habit that so many of us get into is spending too much of our time or focusing too much on one type of energy.

You know what they say? "Everything in moderation is a good thing, it leads to balance, but too much of a good thing is toxic." That definitely applies when it comes to energy. So let's talk about the four types of energy.

There is focused energy, social energy, physical energy and restful energy, and in order to maintain high levels of energy in all of these areas we have to give them each a little bit of attention and love and incorporate them into our day. And when we neglect all of these areas and focus too much attention one over the other, we can end up totally drained.

Avoiding Energy Burn Out Which Energy is Lacking? I have a challenge for you. Make it a priority for the next seven days to see how your energy shifts when you focus on the other energy areas. And then, give the area that needs your attention, the attention it deserves. And watch how you start to feel more balanced, feel more in control of your life, and feel more at ease with the world around you. These are the subtle shifts in energy that make the big differences.

View Details

We all are open to receiving more money, right? That's always a good thing. But, in order to attract more money, we have to know a few things. We have to be really clear about what it is that we want. How much money we want and why. We have to be aligned with the energy of receiving that money and believe it's possible.

Last week, we talked about why the law of attraction may not be working for you and what to do about it. And if you've already listened to that episode, great, you're ready for this one. If you have not, I suggest you go back and listen.

If you spend three minutes on visualization, three minutes on gratitude, and three minutes affirming, meaning digging in your brain to find the proof that what it is that you desire is possible, you are going to get into that manifestation zone.

Now, you could spend 10 minutes doing this every morning. So let's break down this morning routine: visualization, gratitude, and affirmations. What to do and why are they so important?

Visualization Gratitude

Affirmations

It is so simple. It seems like it should be more complicated, doesn't it? But it's not. It's a matter of rinse and repeat. It's repetition. It's doing the work to keep your vibe high and noticing any negative emotions or thoughts that are derailing you along the way, and doing the work to unblock yourself from those, to remove those thought processes and toxic emotions so that they aren't controlling you and they aren't bringing your vibe down, so that you can stay in this high-vibe, energy of manifestation. In 10 minutes a day, it will change your world.

Join my tribe and download your free gift: https://tonyarineer.com/tribe

View Details

What we don't realize is that our negative thought patterns are the very things that create negative emotions and sabotaging behaviors. They are blocking the things that we want most from manifesting. There's something you've got your eye on. You've been thinking about it for quite some time and it's just not happening for you. This episode is for you because we are going to address why it seems that the law of attraction isn't working in your favor.

Now, here's the thing. The law of attraction is a law. It's a universal law like the law of gravity. It's always working. You can't turn it on and off. That's just not possible. The question is, whether you are allowing it to work in your favor, or if you're blocking the energy, which means it's almost working against you, or at least it feels that way. There are several major reasons why that is. So we're going to talk about those today.

The mistakes you are making: You know what to do

You manifest in desperation mode

You don't believe it's possible for you

You don't do as you say.

Your vibe is super important. You've got to get it up and keep it up. You've got to notice when your fuel tank gets down to about three-quarters of a tank and take the time to fill it to the max and keep it there all day long. Wouldn't it be nice if you had a radar detector or some kind of an alarm system that told you when you were down to three-quarters of a tank?

Join my tribe and get tools for your toolbox: https://tonyarineer.com/tribe

View Details

I know you are a productivity powerhouse, or you want to be.

We're always looking to improve our proficiency at getting more done in less time and preserving our energy, and feeling good about the way that we move along our journey, our path. We have these dreams, these ambitions, and sometimes it can get kind of hectic deciding which one to focus on and what to do. It's hard to compartmentalize your life. There's a lot of things going on and your passion that you have in all these areas of life that are important. So let's talk goals for a minute.

Anything less than 90-days and you're really cheating yourself. You're not giving yourself a chance to really create that momentum, test the water, figure out what works for you, what doesn't work for you, and make tweaks and adjustments. In 30 days there's a learning curve, especially if your goal requires the adoption of new habits or a new habit of mind, a new mindset. It takes a minute.

I also don't believe in realistic goals. We are aiming for progress. We talk about what to expect in each 30-day increment. Then we celebrate our progress. There are 2 reasons why we need to celebrate progress alongside success.

It doesn't matter whether you hit that goal or not. All that matters is that you feel proud and good about who you are and what you're doing every day. And that feeling will raise your vibe and will help you to create the momentum to achieve anything. That's the kind of fuel you need to hit the moon. To accomplish those big crazy audacious dreams and continue to dream bigger and bigger and bigger every time you do this.

View Details

Today we’re talking about the pattern of feeling disappointed and how to rise above it so that it doesn't drag you down into that low-vibe place that slows you down and stops you from being the badass you are and achieving what you're capable of. 

View Details

We all struggle with procrastination. We all struggle with the problem or the habit of putting things on our to-do list that just get moved to the next day. Then tomorrow comes and they get moved to the next day. They’ve been lingering on your to-do list for so long that you just don’t care. You’re not trying to get them off anymore. Eh, whatever! It will get done when it gets done. I’m guilty of that. I know you’re guilty of that.

I want to help you get over that. There are a few mental, mindset hacks that we can do to make your to-do list more efficient.

1) You need to know what motivates you to get those things on the to-do list done. Start with an action word.

2) Break all of the things on your to-do list into small tasks.

3) Chunk similar tasks together.

4) Have fun with it.

5) Create a done list.

6) Schedule Reviews

7) Plan Ahead

These have massively helped me over the years. Sometimes I fall off the wagon and I have to come back and recommit When I’m in these habits I get so much more done and I’m more efficient and I’m happier. It really transforms my efficiency in my business and I know it will have a crazy awesome effect in your business, too.

Join the VibeTribe (it's free!): tonyarineer.com/tribe

View Details

I hope you’re in the mood for a little pep talk today because I’m feeling called to give you one. We’re going to talk about expectations. I want you to ask yourself, “What do I expect of myself?”

Do you expect yourself to perform at a superhuman level, where you go at super speed, get it all done with perfection, make everyone in the world happy and you still have time for your family, your work/career/business, a little self-love, oh and you want to eat and sleep in there, too, right?

Join the VibeTribe (it's free!): tonyarineer.com/tribe

View Details

Today, we are digging into some high vibe fun because I know you are dealing with some struggles at home, at work, or your life where you feel like the most positive person in the room sometimes.

You have been doing all of this amazing work to increase your confidence, raise your vibe, work on your mindset, become more positive and really get more in control of your own thoughts. Not everybody is on the same page as you. Not everybody is doing the work.

Join the VibeTribe (it's free!): tonyarineer.com/tribe
Get the shownotes: tonyarineer.com/144

View Details

Are you truly the average of the 5 people you spend the most time with? Today we are digging into this topic. It's so juicy! It can create so much confusion as to what it means and how to break it down. Recently on a Vibe Tribe call we discussed this topic. One of the girls actually asked me, Is this true? Or are you in control of your thoughts?

They kind of contradict themselves if you think of it. Are you pulled into the energy of the people you surround yourself with and do you become one with them or are you in control of your thoughts and energy no matter where you are?

Join the VibeTribe (it's free!): tonyarineer.com/tribe

Get the shownotes: tonyarineer.com/143

View Details

These 7 Spiritual Laws will help you attain the wealth and abundance you desire. Sometimes they're referred to as universal laws. They are operating in the background whether you are consciously aware nor not. It's like gravity, it's always working, whether you want it to or not.

When you learn to recognize them and work them, you are able to make sure they work in your favor instead of feeling like they are working against you. It is simply a matter of making a few mindset shifts to get into the flow of abundance. This is a high-vibe energetic state with positive energy. Because you are putting out the positive energy, you are getting positive results.

But following these spiritual laws you will be shifting your vibe and getting into flow where money will just come naturally and easily to you. This is the perfect episode for you!

View Details

Women come to me all the time and ask me, "How do I manifest more money? More clients? My dream house? A buyer for my house? A vacation that I want? A new jeep? How do I make this happen?"

We'll start talking about manifesting and what I always find is that everyone makes it more complicated than it needs to be. It is not hard. It is simply a matter of changing your point of attraction, your vibe, your energetic frequency. The things you are attracting to you are always an energetic match to your vibration.

There are no stairs to climb, because stairs mean hustle. Hustle isn't a part of the law of attraction. There's no elevator, you can't have something else do the work for you. You have to do the vibrational work. You have to change your point of attraction. Raise your vibe up where all good things happen. Keep it there and maintain it.

Maintaining it seems to be the struggle.

View Details

What is your "success" personality type? Are you driven by high-achievement and accomplishment? Or do you value external validation and praise from others? These internal drivers might motivate you to achieve success in life and business, but they could also be sabotaging your self-worth and leaving you feeling unfulfilled and restless. In this episode, discover what is driving you and what you can do to be BOTH successful AND deeply fulfilled in your life and business. ;-)

View Details

In this episode we are talking about angel numbers. I love angel numbers because to me they serve as an anchor or a reminder to not only check my thoughts and tune into my vibration but they are little messages from my angels or spirit guides or the Universe that are kind of like a parent saying good job honey or giving me a pat on the back to let me know I'm on the right track. I just love that feeling and I'm sure you do too which is why you are going to love this conversation.   If manifesting is something you have been wanting to check out, you have to check out Manifesting Made Easy. I'm walking you through my exact 5-step process for making manifestation easy so you know exactly what to focus on and what action to take in what order. Plus it includes a 14-page workbook and over 15 bonus tools to get your vibe high and to align you with your energy.

View Details

Manifesting routines or rituals are so important in the morning because sleep resets us. When we wake up in the morning we have a choice. We can choose at that point to elevate our vibe and in a high-vibe way, where anything is possible, or we can complain and we can choose not to step into that high-vibe place. Either way, it’s a choice.

You might be looking for some kind of practice that will help you get into the groove of high-vibe energy that allows your manifestation to occur. If you want a specific breakdown, check out the manifesting guide I made for you, it’s step by step in order.

View Details

We tend to prioritize harmony over everything, whether that be in business or our life in general. However, too much of it can send us too far back away from our true selves. In turn, we become engrossed with people-pleasing, forgetting who we are and want we want in the first place. We just choose to blend or fit in rather than choose to standout. It becomes hard for us to say “no” that we end up overworked and lost. Go deeper into yourself and identify the people-pleasing tendencies that affect your life and your business. Find out the ways to break away from them as you realize how you must respect and value yourself first before others will.

If you are a woman in business and you feel like you are hitting a wall or you're stuck and you just can't figure out why; you know what you should be doing in your business but  at the same time you are gripped by feelings of fear doubt and anxiety and you just can't seem to move forward I invite you to check out Vibe Tribe Coaching. https://tonyarineer.com/vibe-tribe-coaching/

View Details

Imposter syndrome is a nasty little parasite that embeds itself in your mind and continues to infect your life and business.

View Details

We don't want to risk our healthy client relationships and often we become an undercharger. When we undercharge our services, we sabotage our businesses.

View Details

We are in our businesses because of a purpose. This purpose is what points us to find fulfillment and happiness in all aspects of our lives. Yet, many find it hard to reconnect with their purpose that they end up losing the potentials and values. Here, we talk about how to become a money whisperer and share three actions you can take in your business to move it forward in a way that aligns with your source of energy and truth. Tackling also the difference between inspiration and motivation, you will learn and find the great feeling of realignment that brings you back to the flow and abundance of your purpose.

View Details

How do you feel about self-promotion? Does it come naturally to you or does the idea of talking about yourself and what you do freak you out? It would be so much easier if we never have to talk about what we do and clients just come knocking down our door going, "I heard you were awesome. Can I pay you?" but it doesn't work that way. We have to tell the world what we do. We have to let people know that we're available and we want to help. Learn how you can think about self-promotion in a new way and flip the switch so that it’s easier to talk about who you are, how you serve, and what difference you make in the lives of others. You're here to make an impact and to make a difference. You can't do that if people don't know you're available for it.

View Details

What you think dictates how you will feel, and that will manifest in the way you live your life. Having a positive mindset is therefore a key to living a life full of happiness, love, and fulfillment. Follow through as you learn the six signs you’re developing a positive mindset. Create waves of positive energy and identify within yourself what you need to work on in order to achieve that state of utter positivity. If you find yourself living these signs, maintain them and help inspire other people as well.

View Details

In our society, we are brainwashed to measure worth with wealth. That is not exactly true. The amount of money you make, the accomplishments or the accolades that you have achieved in your life have nothing to do with your self-worth. You don’t have to have a million-dollar business in order to make a difference, in order to make an impact, and in order to help and serve. Some people think that when they hit that seven-figure mark, then they’re going to feel worthy. It isn’t going to happen because for those people, nothing is ever enough. They are measuring their success based on what they perceive other people think about them. What makes you amazing is the way you show up, the way you bring light to the world, the way you serve, the way you connect. It's the love in your heart and the willingness to give it away and receive it. The question is do you have what it takes to be yourself? Are you brave enough to show up, to speak your truth, and to share your gifts? 

View Details

America has debt. Anyone who’s listening to this or reading this has in some way or form a little bit of debt, and that debt creates some emotional baggage. It's heavy and it can be a negative feeling if you have a negative relationship with your debt. When we get the bill and we look at it, we allow it to stress us out and we feel guilty and shamed. We feel an intense amount of remorse and we make it a right or wrong issue. What most people don’t realize is that debt is there for us and credit is a great thing. Get a clear understanding about money and debt so you can look at debt as a gift and as a way for us to live our life in this world.

View Details

No matter how bright and sunny the world is, we can’t help but be cocooned into our own world of fear and negativity. These undeniably keep us from ever pushing ourselves to a better path and reaching goals and dreams. Tonya shares some tips to help move past the negative emotions and go forward by mastering your mindset. Laying down overcoming fear and getting hold of our thoughts, she teaches the 90-second power pose and EFT (Emotional Freedom Technique) that you can use to release those feelings of negativity. Learn from Tonya as she shows how we can transform the ways we deal with our present lives, pushing us to become better and blissful.

View Details

When it comes to pitching, men are more to the point and they're more direct. That has its definite advantages because you're not tiptoeing around and you’re able to be more assertive about where the relationship is going. Women, however, value relationships so much that we sometimes become afraid to ruin it by making an offer. Instead of ever telling the other person what you do or how you can benefit them or how you might be able to work together, instead of ever making that pitch, you end up building a wonderful relationship but it never goes anywhere financially. You don’t want to be stuck in that. You need to make a mindset switch and position yourself somewhere in the middle and find that common ground of nurturing your potential clients, not just because you think they might buy from you but because you're genuinely concerned about their well-being. 

View Details

Thoughts create emotions. Emotion dictates your vibration, your energy and that energy either attracts your desires to you or repels them. Those desires could be abundance, success, clients, a prosperous business, to travel the world, or freedom money. We all want to be able to make purchases without worrying whether or not we can afford it. We just want to feel good and money allows us to do that. In order to get the money, we have to have the right vibe and maintain the right emotional state. Are you emotionally abundant or emotionally broke? Your emotional state attracts your level of abundance. You have to feel emotionally abundant because when you lift that vibe up and you feel good all day, you're manifesting from a place of abundance, confidence, and faith. When you're manifesting from a place of emotional abundance, you're going to get high vibe results.

View Details

A quote by William Shakespeare goes, "We know what we are, but we know not what we may be." It suggests that anything is possible and that the future has yet to decide. Your life is your story and you have not yet written the next chapter. Today is the day that you get to decide what tomorrow looks like. Today is the day that you get to decide what's possible and what your limits are because your limits are not imposed. They were not created and the walls weren't built; they are imaginary. Nobody else has the right to build or destroy any limits that exist in your mind about what you can do. That's your job alone and they have influenced you. Learn how you can develop and embrace the skill of visualizing what can be possible so you can enjoy the power of possibilities and remove the limits.

View Details

Mindset can actually be measured, and what gets measured gets improved. It is just like a muscle in that it requires that you work through the resistance to strengthen it. It might hurt for a couple of days but if you keep training it, you'll notice that it gets easier with time and you get stronger with time and are able to lift more weight. The mindset equivalent of that is that you are able to endure greater resistance and work through greater challenges. You are able to stretch yourself further outside of your comfort zone and you are able to take on more and rise to the top. Discover the five signs that let you know whether you have a healthy money mindset so you can start working on areas that you need to work out.

View Details

The way you feel and think about your body has much to do with your level of confidence, your sense of worth, and how you let your heart out, and that shows up in many areas of your life, including business. Psychiatrist, online entrepreneur, and branding expert Stefani Reinold dropped the pill poppin’ path of mainstream mental health care in order to make real change in real women’s lives by teaching them how to find their hearts and embrace their real selves so they can create the life and business of their dream. Stefani observed that women are bogged down by many details of life, including food, body image, money, and relationships. We have a fantasy version of our self as a mom, as a wife, and as an entrepreneur. We are fed this image and notions so we all try to live up to it. You got to be real with yourself. Stefani shares some insights on how we can take away the judgment that we are inflicting on ourselves and find the heart, the truth, that value, and the worth that exists in each one of us.

View Details

You are where you are because of your beliefs. Women often tell themselves money lies that have become the fabric of our reality. You need to change the stories you tell yourself and expose these beliefs for what they are and create new, empowering beliefs to replace them because they are not benefiting you in any way. They are creating sabotage in your world, protecting you from an imaginary fear and keeping you stuck in a perpetual state of mediocrity. Learn how you can level up your beliefs so you can level up your business and attract more money.

View Details

Thoughts create reality. Your thoughts determine your vibration because they create feelings and emotional responses within you. They have the ability to make or break your vibration. When you think positive thoughts and your emotions are positive in response, you are sending that vibration out into the universe and what comes back to you is positive as well such abundance, money, love, joy, happiness, and freedom, everything that you desire that are high vibe emotions. The same is true for negative thoughts. They bring you down into the abyss of darkness. As soon as you start thinking negative things, it triggers a chain reaction of negative feelings and reinforces those limiting beliefs that are buried deep in our core. Learn how you can start changing those beliefs and challenge your negative thoughts to start creating reality with thoughts by choosing what you want to think and deciding what you want your thoughts to be.

View Details

Are you afraid of silence – especially of the awkward sort? Don’t be! Silence holds so much power over us, over our vibration. If we can find comfort in those pauses and silent moments, then we can learn to embrace them and harness the power that inherently exists. Silence demonstrates confidence in a person. It shows that you were present, and it helps to exude an energy that other people are attracted to, so when you are calm and confident in that type of a situation, it also helps calm the people around you. It tames the anxiety because energy is contagious. People tend to gravitate toward those with high energy or a high vibe – the invisible hallmark of true leaders.

View Details

Are you ready to dive into creative visualization? I hope so because I'm sharing with you one of my favorite tools for mindset, transformation and manifestation. That is simply the magical art of daydreaming. It used to be called daydreaming, at least that's what my teachers called it when I would get in trouble for doing it throughout school and it was a bad thing back then. But let me tell you something: this visualization process, aka daydreaming, has yielded me way more results of my lifetime than any of those math problems ever have. Manifesting your dreams with creative visualization is super easy! By simply imagining the situation in your mind, giving it positive attributes and connecting to it in a way that gets you excited and lifts up your emotional vibe, you are already preparing for a positive outcome. It's a lot of fun and it works.

View Details

Whenever you are feeling down, low vibe and starting to get tired or starting to lose your momentum midday, there are replacements for that 2 o’clock candy bar or caffeine fix that you need. When you are intensely focused on something that you desire and you're starting to feel impatient because it isn't coming yet, there are ways to get it out of your head and change the subject. There are ways for you to de-stress and turn a bad mood around. Learn how you can start raising your vibration with the Law of Attraction in a few quick and simple steps.

View Details

Christie Bilbrey is a marketing and story strategist. After focusing exclusively on marketing strategy for much of her career, she realized more was needed to stand apart from the competition, engage an audience, and influence buying decisions. Christie spent a year studying story techniques from screenwriters, authors, and business writers to develop a method that approaches storytelling specifically aimed at helping business owners quickly draw in and convert audiences to buyers. She now works with business owners to view their stories differently, developing their confidence while sharing their heart, expertise, and journey in well-packaged stories sprinkled throughout their marketing. 

View Details

We all have been taught by our parents that giving is better than receiving. We learned kindness, selflessness, and valuing others this way. But as we grow old, do we give from a place of love or as a gesture of fear? A lot of women in business give almost everything for their family and business. They get trapped in the idea that they have to do more giving because it is the only way they can feel valuable. You don’t have to stop giving to make it all work. Learn how you can create a space where there is balance between giving and receiving as energies that can lift you up.

View Details

Never allow other people to affect your decisions, your self-worth and your value. Because what really happens is they are reflecting their limitations and issues on to you. Decide on your own worth and the value that you provide to other people. It’s your business so you are the only person who gets to design your life and value, serve people the way you choose and make an impact the way you want.

View Details

Have you ever thought that your gifts and talents might be a luxury to other people? If you could bring balance to their lives, you could start to get paid for your genius. If you are great with dogs and cats, you can be a whisperer between them and their owners. People will start to put value on that one thing that you do for free because you just love doing it. One of the greatest keys to wealth is when you create a business around your talent.

View Details

Business has always been a comparison. It will drive you nuts if you keep thinking what other people are doing. Being different is better than being better to be different. You become invaluable to people when you are unique. Know and understand your self-worth. Ask what are you uniquely good at that when people hear your name, they say, “That’s go-to person.”

View Details

What if you owe someone a big amount of money? The first thing that would come to mind is that you will need to work really hard for a very long time to earn money that you will then give away. How can that make any sense? Just the thought of it demotivates you already which doesn't really help at all. This fear of money being taken away is present in any business owner who thinks that they have no control of their income. You can take control of money if you believe that people are getting value from the product or service that you offer. Believe that you are enough and deserving of earning money so you don’t feeling spinning in your wheels all day for nothing.

View Details

When we are born, we have this unshakable confidence that tells us that we are a beautiful and wonderful person. That disappears as we grow up with our realization of society’s notion and standard for beauty. In all of these experiences, Michelle Dempsey found the value of her inner beauty and voice as a woman through writing letters to herself. She developed a mindset of shifting from bad life experiences to memorable life events that turned her into the go-to writer for moms and businesses who are struggling with marketing. Michelle shares that you don’t need to be a great writer to connect with readers. You just need to put out memorable content that is authentic.

View Details

Is your idea of beauty based on your weight, your shape, or other aesthetics dictated by blogs and beauty magazines? Is your security and abundance measured by the size of your bank account? If you have been burdened by going after a certain status quo, it’s time to allow yourself to breathe. The moment you let go of these desires is the time they start to manifest in your life. The art of detachment is a practice of your faith and confidence. Rather than forcing things to happen, you’re allowing your desires to manifest in their own sweet time.

View Details

When you make the space in your life and schedule for yourself you are able to manifest your desires. Manifestation depends on your vibe.

View Details

When we put too much emphasis on the emotion money brings us, we give away our power and let money control our decisions and our actions. Here's how to detach from it.

View Details

Being a part of a mastermind is so valuable. Starting one that fits your needs is a great way to grow your business through support and collaboration.

View Details

Attending a business retreat or conference can feel like a scary, big investment. Save money where you can with these tips on attending those events that will change your business.

View Details

It's common to model your paid offers off of what is working in the industry. There are many ways to structure your offers. Lean into your intuition and structure your offers in a way that works for you.

View Details

When you manifest from a state of gratitude and master the art of letting go, your manifestations feel like magic. You are manifesting every day, whether you are choosing to or not.

View Details

Have you ever been to an event where you are surrounded by visionaries and dreamers like you that want to impact the world? Women who embrace your ideas, flaws, and strengths.  That feeling is why attending a mindset retreat is so transformational.

View Details

For our 100th episode, we are talking about embracing your intuition within your business. Do you make decisions off of the logical answer or your intuition?

View Details

It can feel difficult to stay positive when everything is going wrong. The key is understanding that this is the universe's way of putting you back on track.

View Details

When you focus on cultivating a positive mindset in one area of your life, you can see the trickle effect into the other areas of your life.

View Details

Doubting yourself is a mindset issue and using The Mindset Switch approach will transform your life. Work through the 5 D's with these 5 questions.

View Details

It is natural for your family to ask about your business, but the feelings that come when you talk to your family about your business can be stressful.

View Details

Even if you don't think you fear making money, even a sliver of fear will shape your success. We all have conflicting emotions inside of us, battling fear.

View Details

So what is a mindset hack?

Well, for starters the definition of a hack is to jury-rig or improvise something inelegant but effective, usually as a temporary solution to a problem.

So it is not pretty, but it works and the problem becomes once you see how well it works, you'll repeat it and it will become your new normal, no longer a temporary solution.

While hacks aren't usually pretty, this mindset hack is one that you will want to keep applying to your business. Are you ready for it?

IN THIS EPISODE Let's talk about the problem then we'll get to the solution. Does this sound like you?

Problem: Focusing on the How Every year you set goals for the new year. Bright eyed and bushy tailed, you say to yourself, "This is my year!" Something about the new beginning gives you a mental reset. Out with the old, in with the new. The new you! Ready for anything. This is the year your dreams come true! You start dreaming about what you want to accomplish in a year. You make a vision board. You buy one of those pretty new planners and you start filling it up. So many blank pages. So much time!

You've taken goal-setting workshops or courses, you know all about SMART goals. Specific. measurable. Attainable. Realistic and time bound.

So you set a money goal a business goal or two and maybe a couple of personal goals... with actual numbers- and give them a date (aka deadline). And your brain says, ok, I'm down with that. Let's talk about how and make a plan.

What happens when you go into how mode? You start to reverse engineer. And work backwards from that date.

Your head starts spinning. But... you have LOTS of time! So you pencil in your tasks and due dates for all the things you MUST do and you SHOULD do. That planner is starting to fill up. You're feeling pretty damn good. Proud of yourself already. And you haven't even started the new year yet. This is off to a good start!

Except, you've filled up that planner and forgotten about one kind of important thing: LIFE! When it comes to time, we severely overestimate what we can get done in short time spans, especially when it comes to new businesses or new projects or ventures. When we're new at something, there is a learning curve. It always takes 3-4x longer than it would take someone with experience.

You end up doing one of 2 things: Get down on yourself. Beat yourself up. You've failed at accomplishing your goals. Doubt kicks in. "Am I ever going to be "that" successful?" Am I ever going to have that life on my dream board. Do I have what it takes. Is this possible for me?

Or, you become the over achiever. The one who refuses to lose. So you buckle down and commit to making this goal happen no matter the cost. You work longer hours, skip meals, ignore your kids and refuse to let anything else battle for your attention. You've got a goal to reach! Why? Why do you want to reach that goal? So you can spend more time with the people you love. The same people you're stepping on and ignoring in order to reach the goal in the first place.

Either way, the end game sucks!

My problem with traditional goal-setting One you've been around awhile- 4+ years and you have process and systems in place, this kind of goal setting works really well! But up to that point, you don't know what you don't know. There are too many unknown variables at stake.

First of all, you don't know how much time and effort it's "really" going to take to achieve your goals. So if you don't know, how can you plan for it? You can't. Not in the traditional sense, anyway. Second, you can't control other people's decisions. Business is a 2-way street. You have to present the right offer, to the right client at the right time. But then THEY have to decide to buy.

What you can control is how you navigate those unknowns. And the one thing you can plan for and guarantee is that you'll continue to learn and grow and improve!

The Mindset Hack You can set intentions instead of goals where you're measure progress and momentum rather than outcome. This is where you look back on your journey and celebrate your progress instead of looking ahead and punishing yourself for not reaching the goal.

These intentions aren't annual. They are to be set either monthly or quarterly. But no more than that! A lot can change in 90 days! And when you detach yourself from the "how" and "when" constraints of traditional goals, and instead open yourself up to the opportunities the universe is trying send you, a lot will change!

This is true for everyone in every stage of business, but is even more prominent if you're in your first couple of years in business, because during that time, you're constantly shifting and growing. You are learning what works and what doesn't.

What's the difference between a goal and an intention? A goal is something you want to do or accomplish. It's something you check off your to-do list. Done. Next? These are the things that look good on a resume.

Intentions connect you to the person you want to be. These are the things that make you proud. These are the things that people will make a powerful eulogy.

Am I suggesting you completely forget about biz goals? No!

But when you sit down to set them, I want you to hack into that old way of thinking and interrupt the pattern. Resist the urge to fill your planner up with a huge list of "to-do's" and "things to accomplish"

Instead, ask yourself,

  • What do I want to accomplish in the next 30, 60 or 90 days?
  • How do I want to show up?
  • Will this grow me as a person? How?
  • What will it mean if it doesn't work out?
  • How will I benefit even if it doesn't work out as planned?
  • Am I allowing myself an exit strategy in case this isn't my thing?
  • Will I love and respect myself no matter what?

These questions are the beginning of beautiful intention setting because they connect you to the WHY instead of the how or when.

With goals, we tend to get super attached to the outcome- we have a paint a picture in our heads of what we want to happen and slap a due date on it and then put our blinders on as we put pedal to the medal to make it happen.

Whereas, with intentions, we detach from that outcome and connect to the why- the "real" purpose of the goal. And find comfort in knowing that we will accomplish our goals. Our desires will manifest, but instead of planning the "how" we become open to options and instead of demanding a due date, we open ourselves up to flexibility and faith knowing that it will happen when the time is right.

Doing this releases us from the desperate vibe that repels abundance and connects us to the high vibe of positive expectation.

And when we do this, we learn that we can be successful, no matter what happens or when it happens- and we can have that desired feeling- whether or not the actual goal is achieved as we originally expected.

When we detach from the outcome, we experience success as a journey and not a destination.

You've got a business to grow, clients to attract and money to make. That starts with getting intentional about your business goals and your mindset!

Let's Chat More If you want to dig a little deeper and set some serious intentions for the new year, I'm leading an intention-setting workshop next week. It's LIVE and it's completely free- my gift to you. Because I love you and want you to be successful this year! Head on over to the Facebook Group and RSVP for the event.

[bctt tweet="You've got a business to grow, clients to attract and money to make. That starts with getting intentional about your business goals and your mindset!." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * 1:01 Once you see how well a hack works you will end up repeating it or continuously using it until it is no longer temporary and it is your new normal. * 4:58 This goal defines you. Accomplishing this goal means something. It means that you will have reached success, you will be an accomplished person. You will be something. You will be enough. That's what you tell yourself. * 7:05 Your mind doesn't know the difference between it happening in real time or imaginary time. We've talked about this where you can visualize something coming true and it feels like it's happening now. So the simple fact of visualizing your goals way in advance feels really good. You're starting to feel accomplished already and you haven't taken action yet. * 9:14 If you feel like you failed after a day of not getting through your to do list, how does it feel at the end of the year? * 18:10 We take so much on and if people aren't buying or if the people right in front of us in our immediate space aren't totally into our product or service or offer at this exact time, we internalize it. We're like "oh that must mean something about us. That must mean I'm not valuable or not enough. It must mean they don't like me, they don't like what I'm offering." But there are so many other variables and they aren't about you at all. * 21:41 Detachment is difficult. It is a practice. It is an art form and I want you to practice it. I want you to get better at it because it makes life and business so much easier. Oh my gosh, does the abundance flow in. * 22:11 Open yourself up to the opportunities that the universe is constantly sending you. You don't even see them. They're in your peripheral vision. * 28: 10 With intentions, we detach from the outcome and attach to the why - the real purpose of the goal - and find comfort in knowing that we will accomplish those goals. Our desires will manifest, but instead of planning the how we become open to options. Instead of demanding a due date, we open ourselves to flexibility and faith knowing that it will happen when the time is right. * 29:54 When we detach ourselves from the outcome, we experience success as a journey and not a destination.

EPISODE RESOURCES Join me for a free LIVE Intention Setting Workshop next week.

Reserve your copy of my upcoming book, The Mindset Switch.

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

IN THIS EPISODE Each event benefits you in a very different way and each is a critical component of a balanced business. Think of your business as a 3-legged stool, with each of these components being it's own leg. Too much or too little of one component and you'll be off balance and your business will come crashing down.

Networking Events When you attend a networking event, the purposeful intention you need to set is to meet a specific person or type of person. You go to meet potential clients, collaborators or referral partners. The event you choose to fulfill this need will depend on your intention.

If you want to mingle with potential clients, you'll choose an event that is filled with audience members that meet your ideal customer avatar.

If you're interested in guest appearing on podcasts, for instance, you might choose and event that caters to podcasters or if you're planning to write a book, you might attend an event that caters to publishers and editors.

Lastly, if your purpose for attending an event is to mingle with potential referral partners, you'll first have to determine who those potential partners are. For more information on this, listen to "Your most important business asset" where I walk you though how to exactly how to fill your network with lead-generating referral partners.

Whatever your purposeful intention is, you walk away from a networking event with new connections that will convert - either directly or indirectly - into clients and revenue.

For a networking event, identify who you want to meet and why, then go hang out where those people are.

Skill-Specific Event These types of events will advance your own skill set that will help you grow your business.

If you're bootstrapping your business, you might attend events that teach things like content strategy, how to construct a sales funnel or business plan or how to navigate the ever-changing world of social media marketing.If you're new to business and don't know where to start, you might attend a conference designed to help you discover your "why" and get clarity around your business message and target market.

Another skill-specific type of event would be continuing education where you're expanding the knowledge of your niche.

If you're a copy writer, you might attend an event on SEO to learn how to optimize copy for your clients. If you're a nutritional coach, you might attend a seminar to learn about food allergies and prevention.

Either way, you walk away from a skill-specific business conference or event with a deeper understanding of the subject matter you went there to learn and the skills needed to immediately inject that new knowledge into your business.

Mindset Event This type of event is an absolute MUST for your business. No, I'm not just saying this because I"m a mindset coach, or because I have an event coming up (hint, hint). I'm saying this because working on your INNER GAME is critical to your growth as an entrepreneur.

You can gain skills till the cows come home and you can network until you've got potential clients blowing up your phone, but without the confidence and mindset needed to turn those skills and potential leads into paying clients, and then up level and leverage that business, you'll end up on the hamster wheel forever- hustling like a dog but not getting any further ahead of where you were last year.

The reason you attend a mindset retreat or event is to work on the mental blocks and limiting beliefs that are sabotaging your success and keeping you stuck where you're currently at.

You go with the intention of doing inner work and reflection to discover what's not working and why. Then go through the steps necessary to declutter the thoughts and beliefs that are stopping you from getting the results you want.

You leave with an action plan and a newfound sense of empowerment, confidence and readiness to push beyond your previous limits and take that next step in your business - which means attracting clients, making money and succeeding in ways that you weren't able to do before.

Balancing The Three Events So, how are you going to balance your 3-legged stool?

Now that you know what you're looking for, you can keep an eye out for the business events that will serve you best in each of these categories.

As we wrap up today, I'd like to live you with a little reminder...

You are your best investment. You control the outcome of your business. When it comes to making these important decisions, remember: do something today that your future self with thank you for.

Let's Chat More Head on over to the Facebook Group and let us know what events you will be going to in 2018! And be sure to subscribe to this podcast because in a future episode I'm going to break down how to make it possible to attending these super affordable- and an easy no-brainer!

Next week, we've got a great episode on the right and wrong way to set goals for the upcoming new year. This info is like gold when it comes to business sanity and maintaining a healthy mindset throughout the year so be sure to tune in for that one.

[bctt tweet="You need to go to these three events every year for your business to grow exponentially." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * 9:22 You definitely want to be able to take and use an event as a reason to create momentum in your business so you can start growing it. But you can't grow it if you don't take action, right? Learning is only half the battle. If you want to really create new patterns of success in your brain and you want to condition your brain for success you have to not only learn a new skill, you have to be able to put it into action. * 13:20 There is magic when you balance these three out, because you go to an event with one intention: to meet a certain type of person or a certain individual, to hone, learn or master a skill, or to work on yourself and release blocks and grow your confidence. The byproduct is always going to be the other two things automatically. Anytime you go to an event you're going to get these three things. * 13:54 If you continue to look for events that meet one of these criteria and cycle through them, your business, without you even worrying about the how it will happen, will start to grow. * 15:17 I want to empower you with the knowledge you need to make really good business decisions.

EPISODE RESOURCES Get an advanced copy of the Mindset Switch book by joining our pre-list and we'll keep you updated on all of the goodies.

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

IN THIS EPISODE When we are in a state of resistance we are missing what's easy and right in front of us. We don't open up to possibilities because we are sure what's in our head is the only way. It feels hard. You feel frustrated. You're not able to focus on anything else.

Of course, we want the results. But when we are not clear on how to get to those results we push and struggle to find the answers. The harder you try the more frustrated you feel, which leads you to question yourself.

You are fighting the universe.

What Happened When I Let Go Recently, you've probably heard that I've pulled the plug on a few things because I had taken on too much. I was at my wit's end. I was in a state of chaos. My calendar was absolutely out of control and my inbox was overflowing. I knew something was wrong, but I just couldn't figure it out. Finally, I cracked. I had a breakdown and my husband said to me, "The answers will come to you when you stop looking for them. They always do." He totally gave my medicine back to me. But it worked.

I literally went through the Mindset Blueprint exercises. I decided to reassess and intentionally let go. When I did, the universe delivered.

Over the course of a few days, two unscheduled appointments popped up on my calendar that led to a mastermind partnership. Neither of these were scheduled by myself or the person, but they were exactly what I needed.

The How in Letting Go Assess your current expectations. Chances are you're already closer than you think. You need to redefine success for you.

Ask yourself, "What has to happen to feel truly successful? Are my expectations within my control?"

Most likely this is the problem: At the beginning when you set your expectation you gave yourself only two options, win or lose & you pinned success on factors you don't have control over.

Instead, of a specific income goal or a specific number of clients, go into your launch with the intention to serve, learn and grow. With this idea, you will win either way, whether or not you signed the 10 clients you decided you needed or "only" two.

When you learn to detach and let go of the need, you open yourself up to a world of opportunities that you don't realize are there. It's not easy but it is transformational and truly manageable.

Let's Chat More Head on over to the Facebook Group and let us know how you are letting go in your business and your life.

[bctt tweet="When you're not attached from your results, your entire vibe changes." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * 0:55 The answer you are seeking is actually right in front of you but you're so focused on the outcome, as you've planned it in your head, that you can't even see it. * 6:25 What if it could be easier than that? What if business could be simple? What if you just relaxed and asked for guidance and direction and let the answers flow easily to you? * 10:04 The universe delivers in mysterious ways. * 10:10 Sometimes you have to stop seeking answers and let them find you. It's all about that final step we talk about in the Mindset Blueprint. It is the detachment step that is so crucial. It's detaching from the how and let abundance flow in. When you truly, truly let go, girl, the flow starts coming in full force like a fire hose. * 15:24 What if you approached it differently? What if you detached from the outcome completely and defined success in a win no matter what kind of way. * 16:13 I know this program will change lives. I'm beyond excited to learn and grow. I'm beyond and excited to expand what I'm capable of and learn new teaching methods. I'm excited to grow myself as a result of doing this program and learn something new in this process. * 17:20 When you're not attached from your results, your entire vibe changes.

EPISODE RESOURCES Get an advanced copy of the Mindset Switch book by joining our pre-list and we'll keep you updated on all of the goodies.

Grab your free seat in the Mindset Blueprint Masterclass to work on the exercises I used to find clarity and let go.

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

IN THIS EPISODE Beliefs come from repeated "proof." When I say proof, I don't mean factual evidence but repeated events that become proof in our minds. For example, a child will Santa take at face value, but as they get older they examine and question it. They begin to feel out of alignment and look for honesty, truth or "proof" that Santa is real.

As aware adults, we get to analyze our beliefs and question if they are serving us. We get to ask if we like the way the belief is manifesting in our life and the results that we are getting.

We choose to think thoughts that cause emotion that, on repeat, create a belief.

Limiting Beliefs and Mindset Layers I like to think of our mindset as layers. You start with the circumstance and the words surrounding it. Those thoughts become your emotions which lead toward a belief.

The words we use to describe a circumstance start the domino effect. The description you use is what gets you thinking about it and creates a series of thoughts in your mind. Our brains then create chemicals based on our thoughts. Those chemicals release into our body and nervous system. We cannot have emotion or feeling without first thinking a thought.

In the following example, you want to Immerse yourself into them and think of what you would think in this situation.

Example 1: The World Is Scary Say that two people are shot and injured in a terrorist attack. The media and people around you are using words like "mass attack," "terrorist destruction," or "community in frenzy." Your thoughts are going to be negative around it. However, if it were described as "attempted destruction" and focused on the community members that rallied together and took the guy down before he was able to do any serious damage, you might have more of a positive outlook on it.

If you continuously look for negative events, you will be fearful. That will be a belief. If you look for stories about people triumphing in these events or coming together, then you might have your faith in humanity restored. That is a belief.

Start with your words and you are in the driver seat.

Example 2: Rejection Think of these series of events and how they could shape a limiting belief over time.

As a 6-year-old, you want your parents to play with you but they are busy. You think they don't love you and you feel rejected. As a 12-year-old, at lunch on Monday, your friends are talking about a sleepover they had over the weekend that you didn't get invited to. You think your friends don't like you and you feel rejected. As an 18-year-old, you're in love and find out your boyfriend has cheated on you. You think you are not enough and you feel rejected.

With all of that, you have accepted the belief that you are not enough. That belief shows up in your relationships, business and more.

Now think of it differently:

  • What if, at 6-years-old, you understand the responsibilities of your parents & their overextension?
  • What if, at 12-years-old, you thought that it was not personal?
  • What if, at 18-years-old, you are thankful you found out the type of person your boyfriend was before you got married?

In the second scenario, you feel empowered, and not unworthy.

Example #3: Failure As a child, you are participating in an art show. Your parents have always said you were awesome, so you are confident. At the end, you don't even get a ribbon so you give up on art. As a pre-teen, you try out for basketball team and are pretty sure you are a shoe-in. You didn't make the team, so you give up on sports. As a senior in high school, you have all of the great test scores and extracurriculars and apply to your dream college. You don't get in, so you give up. As a college graduate, you have an interview at a top firm and toward the end of the interview you get a weird vibe. You don't get the interview.

With all of that, you have accepted the belief that nothing ever goes the way you want so you might as well stop trying.

Now, think of it differently:

  • What if, at the art show, you thought these people have awesome work, what can I create next time?
  • What if, at the basketball tryouts, you ask the coach about trying again next year and what to work on?
  • What if, for your college application, you ask admissions for tips because you are going to reapply?
  • What if, for the job interview, you follow up and ask what made the decision?

Your mindset is a muscle. It has cell memory, the more you repeat your thought patterns the stronger your connection is.

Let's Chat More Head on over to the Facebook Group and let us know what your limiting beliefs are and, if you know, what events have stemmed those beliefs.

[bctt tweet="We choose to think thoughts that cause emotion that, on repeat, create a belief." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * 1:24 [Limiting Beliefs are] repeated episodes that we perceive as true that make us believe that it is, that that's the way. * 3:17 Belief is a choice. How does believing in this make you feel? * 6:20 Your thoughts literally create your feelings. Your feelings, when repeated over and over and over again, create your beliefs. * 12:05 You can't physically be everywhere trying to control the crazy. But what you can control is the way that you react to it, the way that you think and feel about it and therefore you can control your belief system. * 30:03 You realize there is work to be done but you are willing to do it. That tells me you believe in yourself, that you believe in your abilities. * 31:03 If you're always taking an experience that doesn't go your way and learning from it and growing from it and becoming a better person as a result of it, you are in control of your reality. You get to control the outcome. You're not giving the control to external people. You're not allowing other people to dictate how you think about yourself therefore how you feel about yourself therefore what you believe to be true. You're changing all of that just by thinking differently in the moment.

EPISODE RESOURCES Get on the Mindset Switch waiting list!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

IN THIS EPISODE The Mindset Behind Christmas Spending What is your reason for spending so much money during the holidays? Is it because of status, guilt, wanting to fit in, how you tell your kids "I love you," or are you trying to outdo others?

It is important to know what is the logic and the mindset behind your spending habits. If you have no plan and act on impulse and emotion, you will spend too much.

You need to ask yourself, "what is the purpose of gift giving?" Do you like your gifts to be meaningful and heartfelt or do they need to be elaborate and expensive? Once you identify your purpose for gift giving and your reason for spending so much money, then you can create an accurate plan.

Save Time and Money With A Budget Before you begin spending for the holiday season create a budget for everything. You want to make sure you have a budget for food and entertaining in addition to your gift budget.

Figure out alternatives for you and your family. These alternative options that benefit you, might benefit other people, too.

If you are doing gifts for the whole family, set an amount for each gift or each person.

As a cash person, create an envelope for each person. It's okay to be that person at the register doing several different transactions to keep your budget in check.

For online shopping, set aside one day and do all of it at once. Open all of the different websites in their own tag and add everything into the shopping carts. Go through each shopping cart before purchase to make sure it all adds up.This totally saves you time and sanity and prevents accidental overspending.

This is also a great time to have powerful conversations on the value of money & mindset like a boss with your older kids.

Save Time and Money with Creative Gifts If you're looking into alternative gift options for your whole extended family, some great options are to do a White Elephant or Secret Santa instead of purchasing gifts for every person in the family. One of my clients does a fun Family Game Night Hop where each family prepares a game and appetizer at their house and the whole family goes from house to house.

For your immediate family and your children, do a "12 Months of Christmas" style gift. Wrap up 12 gifts that aren't really gifts but family fun days or plans to have focused quality time with your kids. Have the kids open one a month and each time it's a day together. Ideas include a special project, backyard camp out, adventure day, hike, or a day at the beach. For each of these days, shut off your phone and focus completely on them. If you don't want to wrap up a card or a piece of paper, you can purchase a small gift that goes along with the activity.

I polled kids about this and they are all excited about the idea. What kid wouldn't want this? You wanted this as a kid. You don't remember the gifts from childhood the way you remember the memories.

Let's Chat More

If you're planning on shopping online on Black Friday like me, give me a shout out in the Facebook Group.

[bctt tweet="Why do you spend so much money during the holidays? What is your purpose for gift giving?" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * 9:00 This is a great time to bring your older kids in and to help them develop their mindset around gift giving. * 12:46 Maybe the whole commercial aspect of Christmas, maybe it's just the perspective, maybe it's the way that we look at it and maybe there is a better way by just asking ourselves some key questions as to why we do things. Why do we spend? Why do we give these gifts? What is the motivator and is it really getting me the result that I want? * 14:00 You can start your new year without a ton of debt, with a really positive peace of mind and a healthy mindset to get your business to where it needs to be in this next year.

EPISODE RESOURCES Watch the "The Other Letter" Ikea Commercial

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

IN THIS EPISODE For you to avoid these money mistakes, you need to have a strong healthy mindset and sense of discipline. It's going to be tempting to ignore these, especially as you are boot-strapping in the beginning.

Money Mistake #1: Not Paying Yourself First I have seen seasoned business owners and 7-figure businesses make this mistake. Because of this mistake, many of them have lost their businesses.

You must pay yourself first. It completely changes your mindset and the way that you value yourself and the way that you show up every day.

If it seems difficult to pay yourself, ask yourself this: "Are all of the things that you are paying for in your business a necessity?" I know it hurts sometimes to have to make really tough choices and to scrimp and not splurge. Girl, let me tell you something, there is a time and a place. You will have the time to spend money on business growth and the impressive things.

Whenever a client comes to me and has splurged but isn't seeing results it is usually a hiccup in mindset. They're doing it in the wrong order and they're going out into the world feeling like they are not good enough. All because they aren't paying themselves.

Your Priority #1 is to get paid, not to pay for the expenses. With the skills and inner circle that you have, you can get paid even without all of the things like logos, business cards, websites, etc. People don't pay for business cards, they pay for the connection and for you.

Once you start to bring money in, start paying yourself. Have a budget or a spending limit to ensure that you can and give yourself your own minimum wage, even if it is something embarrassing. If you aren't yet bringing in any money, give yourself a probationary period in which you are willing to work without pay. This is your training period that you are allowed to work for free. When that time is up, start paying yourself no matter what. Start telling yourself, "I'm worth something and something is better than nothing." Set yourself a schedule for pay raises.

Taking money from your business and bringing into your personal life fulfills the need of contribution. This is really important and something we all need as humans.

Money Mistake #2: Not Having an Emergency Fund There will be low seasons. There will be lulls in your business. No matter the industry. Knowing your season and preparing for them can be a game changer for your business.

When you are prepared, you save yourself from being desperate for the client or the sale. Slipping into that mindset changes the way you operate and the way you think. It holds you back from the right clients and opportunities.

That is why you need to set aside money every month during your good season. That way you have confidence that you can afford a dip or a lull, even if it's self-imposed, is amazing.

With an emergency fund, you can start to take chances and risks and go after bigger opportunities. During your boot-strapping beginning, it is easy to get stuck without an emergency fund or a plan. You are only one person without a team so you are juggling. You are both working on your business and in your business and wearing many hats. You are serving clients and focused on client work. It's difficult to focus on business growth when you're still trying to bring the income in.

Set yourself a determined amount of time to be focused on client work exclusively. When you get to the time where you focus on your business, ask yourself "Where can I invest time to grow and scale and develop systems?" You can afford to work on your business for a short time because you now have cushion in the bank.

Money Mistake #3: Not Saving For Taxes This is a big mistake that is often made when you are just becoming profitable. You have a good revenue and you are finally not in the red with your business at the end of the year. Then you get hit with taxes. It can be devastating when you think that you are rocking it and then Uncle Sam takes it all away because you didn't plan and prepare.

Put a little bit aside every month. You may choose to do this only on your good months, but put some aside. If you are crushing it, you might want to put aside 30%. if you are brand new and a lot of your revenue is being spent on actual tax deductible expenses, do less. Talk with a tax professional about this, because I am definitely not one.

Specific Money Steps to Take Set up a separate account or a separate place within your budget for your emergency fund and taxes. For many, creating another bank account, like a business savings account, is best. This way the money is out of sight out of mind and money you don't touch.

For your emergency fund, pick a number that you think would be safe and build your account up to that.

For your taxes, talk to a professional to find out how much you should set aside.

Let's Chat More Take a moment and do a visualization of yourself in the future looking back on today and see what you did. Head on over to the Facebook Group and let us know what it looked like.

[bctt tweet="Avoid making these three money mistakes early on to ensure your business is successful." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * 0:51 These mistakes really boil down to two things: mindset and discipline. Notice I didn't say skill. Skill is something we can learn and grow. * 2:17 If you are not paying yourself, you are basically telling yourself and the world and the universe that you are not worthy. You're not valuable enough to get paid. You come last. * 4:36 You can make money with everything that you know and have right now. * 11:23 When you have the money and you don't need clients and you don't need money coming in, it allows you to be picky, more confident. You will maintain that high vibe of confidence no matter what happens. * 20:50 These are preventative measures you can take to step into the role of CFO of your business and take control and take charge and know without a shadow of a doubt that you are implementing the right financial systems and measures to ward off against any unforeseen negative crappy situations and emergencies. You're going to be able to handle it no matter what. * 21:30 You are stepping into the right mindset into what it takes to really be the boss, to be a true entrepreneur and to be valuable, to be the #1 asset in your business.

EPISODE RESOURCES Get an advanced copy of the Mindset Switch book by joining our pre-list and we'll keep you updated on all of the goodies.

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

IN THIS EPISODE You want to be in a money mindset that is in line with your values, beliefs, and alignment with current reality. This is going to be the big shift.

When you have the "put it on a credit card mentality," and spending more than you are bringing in, you are creating a deficit and, even, manifesting debt. Instead, you want to get into the driver's seat and tell your money what to do instead of allowing your money to manipulate your emotions. Here's how to do that.

Create a Splurge Fund Back in the day, it was the money (birthday, chores, holidays) you would put in a jar to save for something big. Back then your money wasn't allocated for the shoulds, it was all pleasure.

You can still do that now.

If you are a cash-based household, use an envelope or drawer for your blow off money. If you do online banking, open a separate bank account. Make sure you set aside a certain amount every week. Get disciplined about the only money you spend coming from your splurge fund until you are ridiculously rich.

Use Cash This is the detox to change your patterns and thinking process. Cash makes you consciously aware of what you are spending. It only takes one time at the register with $300 worth of stuff and only $250 on you to change your habit. It feels weird admitting that you have to put some items back. From that point forward your subconscious brain will do everything to avoid that feeling. It will make you bring a calculator or have you do the math.

Paying attention to cash only spending will lead you to have the excess for the splurge fund.

Freeze Your Credit Cards For me, I cut them up. It was painful for a minute but rewarding in the end. I actually cried.

If cutting them up is too scary, freeze them in the freezer. Take a tupperwear container and put them in there with water. You need to have an ice pick to get them out. Have someone hide them from you. Make it hard.

Have a Petty Cash Fund This is a cash fund that is only tapped into for emergencies. You don't use your splurge money for emergencies, instead you use your petty cash fund. Like in a business, a petty cash fund relies on tracking that money. Anytime money needs to be used, even if it is something like lunch money for the kids, it has to be signed by all of the financial decision makers in the house. This way you are held accountable to replenish that money.

Let's Chat More Now that you've got these four tips for shifting your mindset and paying off debt, head on over to the Facebook Group and let us know how your mindset is shifting and how this is working for you on your debt repayment.

[bctt tweet="I'm going to tell my money what to do rather than letting my money manipulate my emotions and tell me what to do." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * 1:52 What's possible tomorrow definitely has everything to do with the choices you make today, the way you decide to show up, the thoughts that you think, the vibration you choose to live in - all of that creates your tomorrow. But today is a product of your past. * 2:44 Although, you can pretend everything's good but that underlying emotion that that debt is creating is shame, guilt fear struggle scarcity. We don't want that in our life! * 3:20 I'm going to tell my money what to do rather than letting my money manipulate my emotions and tell me what to do.

EPISODE RESOURCES Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

IN THIS EPISODE Think of the decisions you have made in the past, whether you were really on board or maybe it wasn't such a good decision. Imagine how different things would have been if you hadn't made that decision. All of the time we say "I wish I had done this instead." But I'm a firm believer in no regrets. Instead, let's focus on what you can do today to ensure that you have the best future ever.

How I learned to have my best year ever For me, it's all thanks to Hal Elrold and his Best Year Ever Blueprint. I found my way at this event during a crucial pivot in my business life. I was pivoting from interior design to business coaching and I was feeling doubt, fear, shame, insecurity, uncertaintly and more.

I started asking myself, "Can I really do this? Is this really possible for me?" Then I would argue with that voice and shortly after that the voice of fear would kick in. I was in a spiral. Not only was I struggling with all of these negative emotions within myself, but I was feeling alone because my local community didn't understand my big dreams. It was isolating.

One day, I was listening to Hal Elrod Achieve Your Goals Podcast where he had Dana Malstaff as his guest. I had already read his book the Miracle Morning and connected with him, but this was my first introduction to Dana from Boss Mom. I felt drawn to them like I knew these are my people. On this particular podcast episode they were talking about his 2nd event coming up and I just knew I had to go.

In a moment of just pure faith, I bought a ticket and booked a flight to San Diego. I had never been that far from Michigan or traveled alone before.

Best Year Ever Event With every person I connected with I felt accepted and safe, even in the connections made in the hotel before the event. I had never been in a place where I felt so at home and like I could actually be my authentic self. Surrounded by hundreds of other successful business owners who were struggling with the same emotions that I was.

I had such a shift during that event and found the community that I didn't even know I needed. I don't know that I would be here without that. I am really not sure if I would have been able to show up on video or started this podcast without it. To this day, we still mastermind and collaborate.

How do you have your best year ever? Start with empowering words. Listen to Episode 86 where we talk about 3 empowering statements that will boost your positivity.

Be present and mindful with yourself. Really evaluate what it is that you want to be doing and where you are.

Take a baby step in the direction of your dream.

Gamble on yourself. Take a risk.

Go to the Best Year Ever event.

Let's Chat More Head on over to the Facebook Group to get all of my support on anything that you're doing, especially if you need some mindset help. That's my jam!

[bctt tweet="How do you have your best year ever? Empowering words., mindfulness, baby steps and taking risks." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * 1:01 I'm a big believer in no regrets and in not regretting the past because you can't change that. It is what it is and it has made you who you are today. But you can change your future. * 2:58 You're not Oprah, you know? You're just this little person from Detroit Mi. Pipe down. Then I'd shut that voice down and I would feel uncertain. * 6:20 Never in my life had I been immersed in a community that accepted me for me in that way. Never before had I been able to show up without having to put on a mask or having to pretend that I had it all figured out becauseI was in a room of 300 people that were all insanely successful and were all also feeling fear. * 8:29 It was really breaking through some of my own blocks in that one event that helped me see my potential and to realize my strengths and tap into who I am. * 10:28 When you've identified what's possible and you take one step, my bet is that you're going to win. I'd put all my money on you because those two things are key. Identify what's possible, take a step and as long as you are moving in that direction, nothing will fail you.

EPISODE RESOURCES Hal Elrod's Best Year Ever Blueprint

The Profit Party Episode 86

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

IN THIS EPISODE Whenever it comes to doing something for ourselves, our default responses are that we don't have enough time or money or that your husband won't go for that. We don't even know that we are automatically disempowering ourselves and blaming it on everybody else. I bring it up so that you are aware. You are holding yourself back with these statements. Instead, I want you to replace your responses with one of these three statements.

I can... Instead of "I cant do it because" I want you to think to yourself: is it really can't? Is it really physically impossible for you to do this? Most likely, you actually can do these things, but you are using this phrase instead of saying no.

You can choose to say no. You can be capable of doing something but choose to say no to it. When we default to "I can't" we take that power away from ourselves. It implies that we have no choice or skill. It means that we are not in control.

But you are in control. Saying the words "I can" tells your mind that you are capable and that you are resourceful and you will find a way. It doesn't mean you have to do something if you really don't want to, but it is empowering to know that you can do it if you wanted to.

I will... If we aren't saying that we can't do something, we're usually saying that "It just won't work out for me." We tell ourselves the timing isn't right or the stars are not aligned. When we do this we are taking away our power to choose. We are telling ourselves, once again, that we are not in control.

"I will" says "I believe in myself no matter what. I deserve it. I might not do it this week, but I will."

Even reading and listening to those words feels so empowering, doesn't it? You have the will power. You can find a way. If you want something bad enough, you need to believe in the words "I will."

I choose... Guess what, girlfriend? You are in control of your life. There are choices everywhere that shape and alter the path that you are on. You can't change past events that have put you on this current path, but you can learn from it. You can make different choices in the future.

Use "I choose" to empower yourself going forward. Choose something better for yourself. I want you to step up, step out, take chances, and live fully.

I can hear at least a few of you saying, "But, Tonya, we make decisions as a family." Even if you make decisions as a couple, you can still make choices for yourself. You have their support. If they love you the way they should and the way you deserve to be loved, you will be supported in your choices to follow your dreams.

Empowering Yourself Loving yourself is such an important step and, even if you aren't fully there yet, you can start with these three empowering statements. Take them and apply them to the little decisions and questions in your life. This will set the pattern for big decisions down the line.

If your default answers become "I can, I will, I choose" for the everyday moments like a girl's night out, then what do you think your default process will be when you start a biz or move forward within your business?

You will show up as yourself and get vulnerable.

What will be your default when you find yourself on a path that you weren't expecting? What does your future look like when you've programmed your responses to be positive?

The Mindset Switch I have an upcoming book releasing in spring 2018 where we get really deep into this. We talk about the layers of mindset and how to change your beliefs. Beliefs are at your very core.

What is on the surface? The easiest to recognize and change is this: your words.

Your words are your filter. It's how we perceive what is possible. Using empowering and appropriate words can help us to choose different thoughts. "I can" creates a different thought process than "I can't." "I will" creates different outcomes than "I won't." "I choose" gives you more power.

Empowering Questions to Ask Let's take a look at the different implications of empowered versus disempowered. Empowered means strong, confident, inspired, and motivated. Disempowered means that you feel doubtful, scared, intimidated, unsure, stuck overwhelmed, angry, and depressed.

Which one of these do you want to feel? I'm willing to bet it's empowered.

The next time you're faced with a decision I want you to ask yourself these questions:

  • Is this possible for humans? Is this possible for me?
  • What is my level of belief in myself and my ability to do this?
  • Who gets to decide? What does it look like when you decide to follow your desires?

I want you to bring this to the surface of your awareness. Concentrate on this in the next few days. Put these phrases on a post-it note where you will see it throughout the day.

Try to use these in a sentence every day. Pay attention to the thoughts that you think and how you feel as a result

Let's Chat More Head on over to the Facebook Group and let us know how is this helping in your life? How is this showing up? How have you experienced empowering or disempowering words in your life and what was the impact of that? How has changing your words changed your life?

[bctt tweet="I can tells your mind that you are capable and you are resourceful and you will find a way." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * 0:45 I know that when you are asked to do something, whatever it may be, you have default responses. Go to gut reactions that are not the ones we are going to talk about today that leave you feeling powerless, stuck, without choices. * 2:42 We disempower ourselves. We take our own choices away and blame it on everybody else. Do you see this? * 5:35 If you want something bad enough, if it means something to you and you connect to that meaning, I want you to instead practice "I will." * 6:27 A choice is always available to you, no matter what. You have a choice. You are in control of your life. * 7:37 That person in your life loves you the way they're supposed to because you love you the way you're supposed to - meaning that you set the stage, you set the standard, you set your definition. This is the love that I deserve and I'm going to show you all how to love me by leading by example. * 10:45 It is all about empowering yourself and believe it or not, those beliefs of "I can do this, I believe in myself, I trust myself," they don't start by just choosing to believe them. It doesn't work like that. It starts with your words. * 13:41 Is the reward greater than the risk? When you decide that it is, anything, anything is possible. It all starts with words. Your words.

EPISODE RESOURCES Get an advanced copy of the Mindset Switch book by joining our pre-list and we'll keep you updated on all of the goodies.

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

0:49 Last night, we cuddled up and watched Central Intelligence. That's with Dwayne "The Rock" Johnson and Kevin Hart. Super funny. I love anything with Kevin Hart in it. Its destined to be good, isn't it. So we're watching this and there was a speech at the end of the movie that brought me to tears.

1:09 So, let me give you a some context in case you have not seen the movie. It is based on their high school career. It starts off when they are in high school and The Rock is a chubby kid in the locker room. He's got the radio on, singing and dancing buck naked and a couple of the kids walk in, the grab him and carry him and throw him out into the gym buck naked and on his belly where there is the senior pep assembly going on for Homecoming. So insanely embarrassing moment for him and it kinda messes him up for the rest of his life. He has a hard time with these social situations and this inner fat kid always lives inside of him. Although he becomes absolutely gorgeous and buff and muscular and he has a great job, this part of his psyche is always there. He's always kind of afraid to show up as himself and put himself out there.

2:13 I feel like it connected because we are all like that a little bit. We've all experienced embarrassment and ridicule or judgement in our past, especially when you're a little girl or teenager. Those wounds run deep and those scars are really hard to heal. They're always there and it doesn't take much for something in our world to trigger those thoughts about ourselves and those emotions.

3:02 Whatever it was that happened, it prevents us from being the hero of our own story, from showing up fully and stepping into our true power, our authentic self. There is always a little piece of us being held back because we secretly, deep down inside, we are afraid to open up those wounds. We've buried them. We're afraid to feel those emotions again. So we will avoid growing ourselves, stepping out of our comfort zone, showing up, putting ourselves out there because we don't want to feel that pain again. It sucks, right?

3:43 The Rock gives a speech at their 20 year reunion. You need to hear it, it is so good. I'm going to play it right now, I hope it comes through okay.

5:44 I love the speech especially after going through the entire movie, understanding the context, connecting to that inner kid inside of him, you can't help but be connected to those emotions. Our inner bullies are just as bad as the bullies that were around us that were the kids in high school. There were kids that were mean. Kids are awful, some of them, and we experience hell when we are going to school and in our whole childhood years. Wherever the hell may come from and whatever causes us to go through it, it is a treacherous time in our life.

6:28 What about now? Chances are there isn't anybody in the world that is bullying you. That bully comes from within. It's your inner bully that says mean things to you, that torments you, teases you, judges you, forces you to feel embarrassed. That all comes from within and it's stopping you to this day from showing up. I love, love, love that he says in there the most important thing of being the hero in your own journey is putting yourself out there for everyone to see.

7:08 The most important person you can be is yourself. When is the last time you put it all out there for everyone to see? When is the last time you showed up, 100% as yourself? Think of a time.

7:44 How did that feel? Now this reunion in this movie, it was 20 years. 20 years later and it's funny because it really puts it into perspective. I don't know where you are at your life but if you think back 20 years ago, how different was life then? How differently did you view the world? You were a totally different person. Do you even know that person anymore? But yet, the things that happened way back then still have such a profound affect on us.

8:20 What do you wish you would have done? Are there moments and memories that you look back and think "I wish I would have said something different."?

8:40 Why didn't you? What stopped you? It's an important thing to recognize because those things that stopped you then are still stopping you now.

8:50 I want you to take that and think about your life in 20 years from now. Are you going to let it keep stopping you? If you do, what does your life look like in 20 years? Who is going to be in it? What is going to matter most? When you're looking back at your life - when you're looking back on today - 20 years from now and you're reliving some of these moments and these memories and you ask yourself what would have made the difference? What answer would you have had?

9:22 What can make the difference? What can change the trajectory of your life? A single moment. A single decision. A decision to show up, be yourself, put it out there and own the amazing person you are. If you do that, even for a moment, how will you feel? Allow yourself to immerse into that emotion. Let it overcome you and consume you completely. How will you feel if you do that for a whole day? A week?A whole month? A whole year? It will start to get easier, I know that.

10:01 It will start to feel better and it will change the direction of your life. I don't think it is even possible to change the direction of your life in a bad way by doing that. I don't know anybody who has said "I showed up, I've been myself and followed my true path and connected to my inner truth. It was awful." That doesn't happen. It is the greatest feeling ever to allow it to unfold.

10:34 If you're willing to shut that inner bully up - that bully that still lives inside you that is still trying to protect you from those really old emotions and fears. If you're willing to fight that bully for just a moment, what are you willing to do right now today immediately to step outside of your comfort zone, to show up as you. What have you been resisting?

11:01 Take a moment and think about that and say "How can I show up and be me today? How can I just live? How can I just connect to feelings of joy and of pure bliss and abundance." What does that mean for you?

11:16 "How can I impress myself today by simply being myself?" Because that's what it's all about. If you look back on your life, the best memories are always the ones where you pushed yourself, where you let go of resistance. You connected with who you are at the core. You showed up as the person you know you're capable of being. You felt uncomfortable, maybe, but proud, definitely. That felt amazing. You allowed yourself to be the hero of your own story.

11:51 I would love to know. What makes you the hero? It's the littlest things.

12:16 It's all about just letting go of the judgement, the resistance, the worry about what everybody else thinks and be yourself. Who do you know that does this like a rock star? Model them. Take notes. Pay attention. Then do something yourself that feels good and just own it. Don't apologize for it. Don't preface it.

12:49 It's a choice and make it with power. So what is it that makes you the hero of your own story? What is the last crazy thing that you have done to push yourself outside of your comfort zone? I would love to know. Come over to the Facebook group and share it. Better yet, tweet me. I don't spend enough time on Twitter and this will be a good excuse to get conversation going.

13:22 Tell me what is the last thing you did to push outside of your comfort zone? I would love to celebrate you. Do that. That is your homework for the week and I hope you rock it out. I hope you feel amazing. When you do, tweet me, too. I want to know every time you do something amazing. If you need somebody to cheer you on and celebrate with you, I am your girl. I will always, always be here to be your cheerleader.

[bctt tweet="Being your own hero is about letting go of judgement, resistance, & the worry about what everybody else thinks & being yourself." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * Your inner bully is holding you back. * Being the hero in your own journey is putting yourself out there for everyone to see. * Impress yourself and show up as your authentic self, unapologeticly.

EPISODE RESOURCES Central Intelligence
@tonyarineer on Twitter

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

IN THIS EPISODE 0:20 Fun fact for ya, did you know that in the 1800s people used to wipe their booties with corn husks and catalogs. I know, crazy right? There was no such thing as toilet paper? You know who thought that it would be a good idea to invent some? The Scott Brothers. The creators and inventors of Scott Tissue. I tell you this because I was watching the story of how they got their product into the marketplace and it was so fascinating.

1:10 It was way back when and bathroom conversations were considered obscene. Nobody talked about their bathroom habits. It was totally taboo.

2:10 The Scott Brothers are like "This is the most amazing thing ever. Everyone's going to love this, except how do you tell people about it when it's completely taboo?" They had to get creative. They had to invent ways to get their product in front of consumers without ever saying a word about it.

2:32 We talk about marketing our product, we talk about pitching ourselves, being able to sell savvy without feeling sleezy. All of that has to do with communication. But how do you communicate the effectiveness and the transformation - the benefits, the takeaways of your product or service - if you can't talk about it? The most powerful way ever. Allowing them to experience it for themselves.

3:00 That is exactly what the Scott Brothers did. They took their product and distributed it and snuck it into bathrooms in hotels all over the country. So people were in there like "Oh! What is this fascinating stuff here?" They were able to try it discreetly without ever, ever having to talk about it, without ever having to be embarrassed and it took off, clearly. Because of their tactic and because of their ability to think outside of their box and to meet their customers where they were, and to circumvent the resistance and get creative with it, they now have - well even back then, I think it went up to something like multiple billions - because everybody in the world pretty much at the time started using their product and they were the only ones making it.

4:15 It was so fascinating to me because it was marketing. Even back in the 1800s there were people who had stuff to sell and marketing problems to solve. Which brings me to today and you with your product and your service and the way that you are marketing it. So I have 5 questions and I want you to think and reflect on as your thinking about your product or service and how you're gonna get it into the hands of your ideal clients so that you too can make money off of what it is that you're doing.

4:39 Number one, what problem do you solve? And when I say what problem do you solve, is it a legit problem that needs solving? Is this something that your ideal client is aware of or is it like the Scott Brothers that they don't even realize it's a problem because they are so set in their ways. They have these mental patterns that have just conditioned them to keep doing it this way. They've never thought of an alternative option.

5:40 So when you think about the need that you solve, are they aware of their need? That is really, really important. So identify what it is and then on a scale of 1-10 how aware is your client of the problem?

5:53 Number two, why do they need it? Now this is not just because it will make life easier. No, get specific with the emotion. Why do they need this? What is it going to do for them? When you are able to not only communicate that but demonstrate that, which is more powerful, you are going to have a much easier time converting. You can tell me all day long how amazing your product or service is, but until I have experienced it myself and I have labeled it the way that my brain is trying to label things and I have felt with my emotions the transformation or experience, until that happens I am only semi-convinced. If you can show me and you can fully immerse me into what it is you do, I'm a believer baby!

7:05 Number three, what is the level of belief in the outcome? Now this is kinda a two-part question. It is partially for you and partially from the perspective of your ideal client. Number one - this is all mindset, sista, so pay attention to this one - what is the level of belief that you have in your results, in yourself and in your delivery method. So how is it that your client is receiving it? These are really questions to slow down for a minute and tune in.

7:43 Maybe put yourself in the position of your ideal client. Imagine immersing yourself in their situation and how are they going to receive your service or your product? How are they going to use it? What are the results that they are going to receive? What is their experience going to be like working with you? How are they going to use it? What is the delivery method? How are you going to get it into their hands? How are they going to full on immerse themselves into that experience.

8:19 When we're talking about results, are these always the results that they get? You know, all the time, definitely. It's systematic, it's tried and true. Is it like 50% of the time they get these results? This type of stuff will develop and affect your level of confidence and your belief in what you offer. There are a million conditions right? Take coaching for example.

9:02 The people that show up consistently, pay attention and do the work get the best results. Where people who show up but they're also multitasking - like they're kind of listening but they're kind of doing work and they're only 50% there or they only come to part of the classes and then they get upset at the end going "Well, that wasn't what I expected, I didn't get the results I wanted." Well, did you show up? Were you full on 100% giving your all? Did you do the work? I want you to think about that. That so often affects the mindset of my coaching clients - the ones that are coaches or teaches - because they get down on themselves and beat themselves up over the results that their clients are getting. That's the first question. What was their level of commitment? Eh, it's about 50%, well that's not on you. If their level of commitment was 100% and the transformation or the result wasn't there, that's logistics and stats and strategy and we can talk about that.

10:09 When you're asking about the results that you deliver to somebody, I want you to take it a set further and ask yourself are these always the results and what are the variables? Now when you're asking what is your level of belief that you are capable - honey this is all mindset. You can go out there and find proof that you're not and you can find proof that you are.

10:32 You can find proof that you're a failure and you suck. You can find proof that you're amazing and you change lives and people need you. It's all on where you put your focus. So right here, if your level of belief on one to ten that you are capable of delivering these kind of results, if it's anything lower than an 8, we need to work on that. There's some decluttering work to be done. I want you to research your brain power and go into your path and say you know what? I'm not going to focus on the negatives and the failures. I hesitate to say failures because nothing is a failure if it's a learning experience. If you've tried something and it didn't turn out exactly the way you wanted it and you learned something, that's growth. That is success. That is a win. You use that. That becomes part of your arsenal of knowledge moving forward and the way that you can show up and deliver next time and all of the times after that. You are continuing to show up and grow and that's human nature.

11:40 I really want you to answer that question on a one to ten. What is your level of belief that you are enough, that you are capable, that you can do this. Baby, I want you to get that to a ten.

11:53 Lastly, your level of belief that the delivery method is the right delivery method. Again i see this come up in the online space all the time. Everyone is trying to get their product or service into a box, a mold, a business model that someone else is using. You have to be like the Scott Brothers, you have to show up different. Maybe you don't. Maybe someone else's model is working.

12:47 That is one business model and if that is the right one for your clients and it feels good and in alignment with you, awesome, then you've nailed it and it's working. If it ain't broke then don't fix it. But if something feels off, if you're delivering your value in a way that isn't being received the way that you want, does the delivery method need tweaking?

13:40 You've got traction. You just immersed them. You've created essentially a low-risk offer, a way to try and experience the result without the risk. It's a beautiful thing. So what does that look like for you in your business?

13:56 Now the second part of that question, what is the level of belief that your clients have in the results that you deliver, in your level of expertise, in you being able to deliver it in the way that they need ait and the delivery method. The first part of the question where we are talking about mindset we are going inside.

14:27 The second part of that question may require you to go out, grow some cajones and ask for feedback. Yes, that feedback might not be what you want - it might not be sunshine and rainbows and sugar cookies - but it is going to be honest feedback and the kind taht you need. Constructive criticism perhaps. It's the fuel and the ammo that you need to make the changes that are going to grow your business and help you make money. Get out there and ask. Ask past clients, ask people that are potential ideal clients. Do your market research. You need to know what they think and how they are receiving your stuff.

15:05 Question number four, and we touched on this a little bit, how can you get clever with your offer and get it into the hands of your clients or your ideal client so that they can try it and experience it so that they can immerse themselves in the benefit? No talking. No let me just tell you about it. It's amazing trust me. No. Don't trust me. Don't take my word for it. You try it, you tell me what you think.

16:02 You have to bust through the 5 senses of your clients like the guard dog that says, "Nope i'm good, my life is exactly fine the way it is. I don't need to change. I don't need anything else in my life. I don't need to spend money on anything else. I'm spending money on enough things. Why should I spend money on you?" Here's why. Try this.

16:23 Number five, what is your definition of success? Now this is all about detaching from the outcome. This is about embracing that whole, "Hey I don't need your money. You can give it to me, I will take it because my stuff is freaking amazing. But I don't need it. So hey, there's plenty of fish in the sea. There's plenty of clients out there who need me and who value me and really, really want what I'm offering and if it's not for you, that's ok. Maybe another time." What we do instead is that we get all hung up. We go and talk to people about what we have and we say "You need this in your life!" And they're like "No I don't think so." And we're like "Is it me? Why don't you love me? Why don't you love my stuff? Why won't you buy it? What am I doing wrong? Maybe I shouldn't be doing this."

17:26 Maybe. Maybe. Maybe, right? Or, you could just not do any of those things and redefine your definition of success. If you talk to 10 people about what it is that you do, what is a good conversion rate? Is it 3?

18:15 We set these high expectations because we never actually lay down realistic success expectations for ourselves and our business. Instead, we get real emotion about it and we focus on the stuff that doesn't work.

18:50 So I invite you to ask yourself that question, what does success look like for you and what does it feel like? Allow yourself to feel it. Allow yourself to imagine stepping into that feeling of success and letting go of the rest. Detaching yourself from that high standard.

19:54 What is the problem that I'm solving? What is it that my clients need? What is my level of belief in my offer? What is their level of belief in the offer/ How can I get it into their hands so that they can try it and experience it before full on committing to it? How is it that I'm going to define success so that no matter what I always feel good about it? Super simple right? Hey, that's the framework. You can go and make money with that.

20:27 Take some time. Take some notes. Rock this exercise out and go do your thing. You are amazing at it. You are enough. You have everything in your already believe it or not. You can do this. I believe in you.

[bctt tweet="How can you market your product or service without TELLING people about it?" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * Don't tell your potential clients about your product, get them to experience it firsthand. * Your level of belief in the outcome of your product is just as important as potential client's belief. * We set high expectations for success because we do not have realistic expectations. * Detach yourself from needing the money or this client and know that there are plenty of clients in the sea.

EPISODE RESOURCES Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

IN THIS EPISODE 0:28 Nicole Holland is the host of two podcasts - the Business Building Rockstar Show and Get Guest Ready. Nicole helps subject matter experts increase their visibility exponentially through podcast guesting to create greater impact, influence and income. We're all about that over here, right? We're about to find out why industry superstars consider her a genius at what she does. And legit I can vouch for that.

1:15 As you know, in the podcasting world, I'm gonna say it gently, you get a lot of pitches that you can tell that people don't even know who you are. Your approach to this industry is so different.

6:09 I think still that that background really is what makes you more effective in business especially with what you're doing now. You're connecting people. So you have a connection service and you connect guests to podcast hosts and the way that you do it Nicole, no one else does.

7:15 Let's just start with how you got into this space in the first place. I've always been a natural connector. I've always been sincerely interested in people and able to read people to adapt, like you, even as a troubled kid myself. I didn't get into trouble but I didn't come from a healthy household, let's put it that way. So being able to assess situations and manipulate. I started working with youth in the juvenile court system many years ago and I would always tell my boys you are master manipulators so let's turn that skill around and use it for good instead of evil, right? So I was always able to see a situation and figure out how to navigate it and always trying to do good with that. So when I became a podcaster and I would have people pitching me, I would feel so honored and excited especially if somebody who was a representative of somebody really important came to me and said "We love your show and we think this person would be a great guest for you." And I'm like "Wow! I'm so honored. For sure, let's book them." And they come on and they're in an airport or something and they couldn't even be bothered to get a proper space to record at. It's loud, they have an earbud mic that's going shh shh as it touches their face and they don't know who I am. They never heard my show. I'm being a bit dramatic here but all of these were real situations just not from one person.

9:10 What I quickly discovered is that this was just phony and it was not true. These people were pitching for their own interest. They weren't interested in collaboration. They weren't interested in my audience or my mission or my show or anything. They had no respect for me and that bothered me. Quickly, I stopped saying yes to cold pitches and I really focused on what makes a great guest and what makes a not-so great guest. I started sharing that. When I would have somebody come on the show that I really liked and thought it was a great delivery, I would invite them and say "Hey, would you like to be on more podcasts? Cause I know some great hosts who are always in the market for great guests and I would like to help you." So I did that from the very beginning and early 2016. Then podcasters that I would connect guests with would say you need to teach that.

10:26 I just kept speaking my mind, I guess, and eventually, by the end of 2016, I had been asked enough time to actually do bookings for people and I kept saying no until finally I said yes. When I said yes, it was a whole turn of events where I said if I'm going to be doing it for one person, I have to build out the systems, I might as well do it for more people. I let a few people know what I was doing and the rest was history. We're recording in the second half of 2017 and I haven't even fully launched. I talk about what I do and I share what I do but all of my marketing for telling people about the service I provide to get guests on podcasts is really word of mouth and through podcast guesting itself.

11:18 Can we dig into the pitch? Because it's a pet peeve of mine. I realize that it goes both ways. I've pitched and I've been pitched. Because it bothers me when people come on and do the same thing. We don't have men on our show and if I do have a man on it's going to be because I really feel that he can benefit my audience. Not that we're sexist or anything. I want to empower women and give them the space to grow and the support and encouragement that they need in a space that is safe enough to be vulnerable and I've had so many pitches that say "We have this great guest for you, I think you'll love him." I'm like "Alright, uhm nope!" and he sells commercial real estate and what? It's a pet peeve of mine. Because of having a podcast and because of experiencing this I am definitely more aware of the process and the little innuendos because you can tell when someone goes the extra mile and does care.

12:37 It really boils down to how do you want to be treated? I think that essentially is what it is that we forget in our world today. We forget basic human etiquette. One of the things is, I don't try to match my clients up with just anyone. I try to match my clients up with the show hosts that are going to love them, like actually have a relationship with and the potential of a great conversation with audiences that are my clients' ideal buyers and audiences that are going to love my guest because they love the host. I believe that my client and the host will have great chemistry on air and great synergy. I am really looking at it from a holistic standpoint. When I pitch it really is about first of all, nudging you and saying "Hey, are you looking for guests right now?" Because one of the things I cannot stand, even though it still comes to me every day, even though on my website I have a "Be on my show link" with an application people are just not taking the time to take a look, so I get unsolicited pitches all the time.

14:13 Because I have nothing better to do than to get an unsolicited spammy email from you and then to click around to learn about you, are you kidding me? I get so fired up. How rude! I don't know why people don't understand how rude that is, you know?

15:01 I am a big proponent of, first of all, giving value to the host. Second of all, paying attention to who is the host, what's their audience interested in, what are they interested in and do you actually like the host? Do you think you would want to sit down and have a coffee with the host if your pitching yourself or for me, my clients, if I think you would get along well. Then send a message to the host once you get their attention. Get their attention first, get them to nod at you and pay attention to you and then say are you currently looking for guests. Based on what they say, then you figure out your next move.

16:06 What is the best way that somebody has impressed you with getting your attention? I can't think of anything that really really stands out. Overall, I think social media is a fantastic way to do it and there's a fine line between being interesting and of value, and being a bug. You want to make sure that when you're trying to get somebody's attention you are complimenting them, sharing their stuff, liking their posts, stuff like that but subtle enough you don't seem crazy. There are so many people who are just doing these things to get attention. You don't want to be that person. You want to actually be sincerely interested. Comment on things if it's appropriate. Share their stuff if it's appropriate and maybe they'll like your comment or respond to your comment. Now you know that they have acknowledged you, even if it is a team member that is working for them. Then there is some two way interaction, it's not just one way.

17:20 I can tell if somebody is getting my attention specifically to pitch me or if they are getting my attention because they sincerely value what I'm putting out in the world. The people who sincerely value what I'm putting out into the world, or are good enough at pretending to, those are the people I will always value and give my time as long as they continue to prove that they are sincere. What i don't appreciate is when somebody is just doing it specifically to say I want to be on your show.

18:44 Be subtle until the person has acknowledged and said Yes! I'm interested in you and then when they tell you what to do, do it.

19:40 Most people don't ask for a whole lot. It's helping to make the show good quality and put the information that needs to be there to help to promote and support you and give the audience what they need. I don't think that most hosts ask for a whole lot of crazy.

20:05 For me, my application consists of make a maximum of 3-minutes video telling me why you're the best guest for my show. I want to see your face. I want to know what you think. I want to hear you talk.

20:37 That's a great idea actually because you really get to experience their energy. I'm woo, I just want to know if I like your energy. Do you connect or is it gonna be like Bueller? Bueller?

21:23 What kind of tips can you give to somebody who is wanting to put themselves out there, they want to be a better guest but they are scared to death to be seen to be vulnerable or even to acknowledge to themselves that they are experts in their field?

21:52 If you don't think you're ready, don't do it. You're not. I don't think that there is any niche, or if people say oh well do I really have value to add to a podcast? Yeah you do as long as you know you do. If you don't know you do but you think you do and you can fake it, great, that's a good place to start. If you don't see your value, no, don't go on a podcast yet.

22:25 If you are insincere or inauthentic when you're on a podcast, people will feel that. When you're doing podcast interviews the listeners are using their ears to sense you. They're not seeing you, they're not reading you and putting it into their own voice in their head. They are hearing you. If you are telling fibs or you aren't believing what you are saying, there is a good chance that they won't either. It's really easy to make a bad name for yourself.

23:15 This is evergreen content. We're recording this in Sept 2017, but you listener can be listening to this in June of 2020. I mean who knows? By then, I'm sure my message would have changed and I may be doing something completely different, but you will still be able to hear my truth and connectedness the same way as someone listening in 2017. That's really really important.

24:09 You have to have the truth to back it up. You can't fake it. You can't say "I am an expert in my field because I am identifying that. There are a lot of marketing tactics where you can do that. You can say "I am declaring myself an expert and I am going to now build my momentum." You should not do that, in my opinion, in a podcast interview because people smell insincerity. They know when you're not being truthful. You don't want that content out there because years down the road or months down the road if you're ready to really be seen and be heard and you want to get on a great podcast and this icky stuff is out there when you're getting vetted when people are listening to say is this person a great guest, they're going to come across that stuff and judge you on it and it can hurt you in the future.

25:06 It's not like a bad interview will be the end of you, don't get me wrong. But I do say that if you are thinking of podcast guesting, don't jump in too quickly. That's why I created the podcast Get Guest Ready because I walk people through a process of before you pitch a show. Before you even identify a show you want to be on, let's do some deeper work and figure it out. Who are you? What is your value? What is the value that the host and the audience will appreciate from you? How do you find the right host? How do you find the right audience? All of that pre-work is essential in being a great guest.

25:53 What I come across all the time are people who are afraid to approach people, they are afraid of the interview format and the nerves because it is a bit on par with public speaking and what you're saying is that that is okay that is step 2 or 3 or 4. Step 1 is getting really comfortable with your message, your truth, and talk about it with everybody.

26:37 Get comfortable, get confident in your message yourself and then let's talk about getting on a podcast and then we can deal with the nerves.

26:47 The nerves are the third because the first is getting comfortable with yourself and your message and being vulnerable. Next is where do you search and what shows to be on.

27:11 Oftentimes, once people do dig into what they really want to get out of it and who they should be speaking really with and to and they let ego subside, then they figure out often the shows that they wanted to be on are not the best use of their energy.

29:52 When you get on a podcast that is a perfect fit, magic happens.

30:18 I've been on small podcasts and seen tons of engagement and connection as a result and big podcasts crickets. It really boils down to your audience and what you have in common and what you're looking for, for sure.

30:42 You've gotten your message, you feel comfortable, you've gotten over the nerves and you've had a couple of good podcast recordings, you've a guest on a couple of things and then what? Do you hit it and quit it? Is it a one night stand?

31:08 I will say, I've guested on well over 100 shows by now and not all of them were marrying material. It's fine, you're on a show. I always think it's really important to appreciate the host regardless of whether or not you want to have a long-term relationship. Appreciate the host by doing little things like sending an email thanking them, sending a tweet, sending a card, things like that. Letting them know you appreciate them. They put you on their platform. That's a big deal, they didn't have to. That's really honoring them, sharing their content still. Making sure to let your audience know, once it goes live, that you're there.

31:58 The only time I would say don't do that is if it's a really bad experience and in that case I would suck it up and go to the host. Say "Listen this wasn't a fit and I sincerely appreciate your effort. I sincerely appreciate your willingness to have me here. I just don't feel like this is a right fit for both of us and I would like you to not run this interview." I don't think I've ever had to go there.

33:09 The host will probably respect you for doing it and if not, that's okay because you didn't have a good experience anyhow. It can't get any worse. That's a rare occasion.

34:47 Show some support. Just little things. Sharing their stuff, being an ambassador a little bit, rating their show - leaving a review.

35:04 That's a nonnegotiable. I tell my students this, if you want to be on someone's podcast and you can't sincerely find something that you can write a 5-star review about, then you should not be on the podcast.

36:38 So you did mention your summit, and you have that coming up very quickly here. Let's talk about that. You have a very interesting approach, and I like the way that you're running it because you're doing it like a conference. I always say I love, love, love summits because it's like a crash course conference that you can do in your pjs.

37:42 This is the 3rd year I am doing the Business Building Rockstar Summit. It actually came before my podcast did. What I do is I pull together experts on different marketing strategies, how to build an online business like a rockstar. So I pull together rockstars in the different niches.

39:18 The last 2 years it was a pre-recorded so people could download for a specific period of time for free and if they wanted the content to refer back to they could upgrade to a paid pass. This year I'm doing it differently than I've ever done it before and it's actually going to be delivered live. It's 10 days. November 1st through the 10th and all of the sessions are going to be live. Super exciting! We are starting with foundational stuff on day 1 moving through different ways of selling from membership sites to creating digital programs to doing 1:1. We're going into social media for attracting new clients. We;re going into more advanced strategies like podcasting, podcast guesting, writing a book, all these other things.

40:40 As long as you have access to the internet - you can use your mobile or your computer - you can go to bbrsummit.com/profitparty you will see a special message from Tonya and myself and you can sign up there for a free ticket and come and play!

42:21 The way it is organized is so that you can pick and choose. So when you opt-in and you get your free ticket you'll also get the program or playbook where you can see the schedule and you can figure out what topics you;re interested in. It doesn't matter if you're just starting out or you're more advanced, if you've not started using Facebook messenger bots for growing your business, that could be a really amazing session for you. Whether you're just starting out or you're a wantrepreneur and haven't started out or you're already long-time in business but you haven't written a book yet and you want to explore that, awesome, pick that session. The way that we're connecting, the way that the sessions are run are that we are talking to people with a beginner's mind. It doesn't necessarily mean you're a beginner in business but it means that this topic is something that you haven't explored thoroughly yet. We're really coming from a place of here's how to get started with this. Here's how you try it on. You don't have to invest in it. You don't have to spend a thousand dollars to get in someone's program to teach you blah blah blah. I don't want people to leave feeling confused by these sessions, I want people to leave feeling empowered.

44:20 There's nothing you have to do. If it doesn't feel good to you, don't worry about it.

44:30 If you're in it for business and this is what you're doing and you want to do it, then YES it should be fun!

[bctt tweet="When you get on a podcast that is a perfect fit, magic happens. " username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * Pay attention to all of the steps to take before pitching a podcast host. * Make sure that you know your message and are ready to be vulnerable. * Know your podcast host, their audience and how you can benefit them. * It isn't about how big the podcast is, but how your connection is. * Appreciate your host after you have been on a podcast.

EPISODE RESOURCES BBRS Summit

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

IN THIS EPISODE 2:16 If you're in business and you have ever felt unsupported by your family members, this episode is for you cause we're gonna talk about that today. It happens. It is one of those little things that you just can't avoid all of the time and you can't always change everybody else. You can't make them get you. You can't make them understand you and support you, but what you can do is learn how to roll with the punches and understand what it is that they're thinking and feeling so that you can approach these family members in the right way. You can keep moving forward toward your goals, your ambitions and dreams in business in a really healthy way. You can feel amazing while doing it because what we don't want is for you to give up on your dreams and let go and talk yourself out of going for the gusto just because you're afraid of outshining somebody or hurting their feelings and what they might say.

3:18 So you are working on yourself; you're doing a little bit of mindset work; you're working on personal growth and development and you're starting to feel really really good about what it is that you're doing. You're probably talking about your goals, you're probably talking about how excited you are. You probably sound a whole lot more positive than you did a year ago at this time. That's scary for people. The people in your life are used to you the way that you were. They're used to the old you. They're used to the one that is not super excited and positive and sunshine-y and excited about making her business happen and changing the world and making it a better place. They're like "Wait a minute, where is the girl I knew? What happened to her? Can I get her back?"

4:10 It's not because they don't want to see you succeed - sometimes it is - but usually that's not why. It's because they're afraid of losing the connection and the relationship that they have with you. They're used to a certain kind of conversation, they're used to a certain energy when they spend time with you when they converse with you. There's a certain kind of expectation that happens and when you start to change that and you raise your own vibe and you hit a different set point - an energetic set point or frequency - you're no longer vibing at the same frequency they are.

5:16 Not only are you now not on the same vibe so there's a disconnect there, you are showing them by role modeling what's possible. You both started in the same place. You were both vibing the same way, you were both talking about the same things and complaining about the same things. You had a lot in common. Now that you are raising the bar for yourself and you're starting to do more and you're starting to achieve you're goals, you are making yourself happy and you feel really good inside. You're showing them that it's possible for them to do that, too. But they also have seen you grow and they know that in order for you to get from where you were to where you are now you had to challenge yourself. You had to step outside of your comfort zone. You had to do things that were a little outside of the box, a little different from what you were used to doing and that scares them.

6:08 They're like "Wow, she's showing me what's possible but she has one foot outside of the comfort zone, the familiarity zone," to where now you're basically demonstrating it can be done and you're showing them that it can be done and you're pretty much handing them the blueprint of how to do it. They're feeling threatened and challenged. They're like "Oh Gosh, she's showing me how to do it and I don't know if I want to do it. I don't know if I'm ready. That's scary. I have to step out of my comfort zone and I don't know if I want to do that. I don't like you for making me feel this way. I don't like that you're making me feel less than. I don't like that you're making me challenge myself and question myself and what it is that I can do or what I'm capable of or what is possible." That is something that legit happens all the time when the people closest to you in your circle are watching you front-row and watching you change your life.

7:12 People don't want to stretch. We don't want to change. Our brains like patterns and they like routines and they are lazy. So when we demonstrate that change is possible and we force people to start checking in and asking themselves "Can I be doing this, too? Should I be doing this, too?" And you know what happens when we start going "should I?" A whole spiral of thoughts and feelings and emotions start to occur and we are wondering "Are we enough?"

7: 44 Your success after all of this chain reaction of thoughts and feelings could very well be making the people around you questioning whether or not they're enough. And I know you're not doing this on purpose. It doesn't matter because you can't change people. What happens once you continue to keep pushing toward your goals is that you're showing them, leading by example - you're becoming a role model - is that it's safe. So your first couple of steps outside of that comfort zone when it's all new and this is just starting to happen they're going to question if it's safe. They're probably going to tell you all of the reasons why it's not safe. They're going to project they're fears onto you.

9:24 Once they get comfortable that it's safe and possible, they might decide to come and join you and grow themselves and venture. They're gonna do it when they're ready. You're planting the seed. The fruit will bloom. Your seed will harvest for you into abundance and they're going to see that abundance because it happens in time.

10:00 Everyone may not come around. Everyone may not get to the point where they're all of a sudden happy for you and supporting you. When that day comes you have a decision to make. Do you keep them or do you let them go? This is a fork in the road. It's a very hard decision to make, but it must be made. You, at some point, have to decide what does this relationship mean to you and what do you have to give up about yourself and what's in here - deep inside - and what you know you're capable of? Do you have to give up your dreams? Do you have to sell yourself short? Do you have to give up on who you are and the impact you cam make on the world to please this one person or this group of people and is that worth it? I want you to think.

10:52 Fast forward to what your life looks like 20 years from now and you're looking at photo albums; you're looking at the legacy that you are leaving behind in this world. I want you to ask yourself "In 20 years, what do I want to see in this photo album?" Do I want to see pictures of me playing small with the people around me or do I want to see pictures of me making an impact and changing the world? Do I want to leave this planet knowing I did everything I could to share my gifts? Or do I want to leave knowing hat I chickened out so that I would keep the peace and not outshine sombody or not hurt them and upset them? This is a very hard question. It's something only you can answer. It requires a little bit of deep thought, internalization.

11:52 There's always going to be risks. It's easy to identify those. You're going to have a lot of help in your life - people who are going to help you identify your risks.

12:17 Then you have yourself and hopefully some really strong supportive people in your corner who are going to help you connect to the rewards. But what if this works? What if you do this and it's the best thing ever? How are you going to feel?

12:47 What I get a lot when I'm working with clients and women are "yeah, but what if it's my husband?"

13:13 Again, that decision has to be made. You know your husband. You know your partner better than I do, so my advice would be to go slow. Again they're afraid for all the same reasons. They're afraid of losing you and the relationship that they have. They're afraid of things being different. So perhaps it's worth having the conversation, or several, go slow, little bits and pieces over time, to have that conversation with them to discover what they're really afraid of.

13:56 It goes a long way to simply reassure them and say, "Look honey, we're going to do this thing and we're going to do it together. We're a team."

14:27 Get them on board. Start talking about the possibilities and how this change and your growth is going to l benefit them, too. More important than anything, lead by example.

14:51 Also, speak to them in their love language. It might require a little more effort on your part and, I know that is the last thing you want to hear, but try it.

16:14 Remember, plant that seed, harvest it, nurture it, water it, give it fertilizer - give it sun! - and it will grow and bloom into a beautiful thing. It takes patience. It takes persistence and just like anything - like your mindset that is a muscle - it is going to get stronger.

16:40 The universe is an abundant place. It has your back. This is going to be a good thing.

17:08 You don't have to burn bridges or cut ties, but a little bit of distance goes a long way. Maintain your boundaries, your energetic boundaries. Protect your positive vibe and your positive thinking and your growth because that's what's important right now. Stay on course and it will all work out. Of course, if you need a little extra support or a little community, I've got your back, too. Head on over to TheProfitPartyCommunity.com, join the Facebook group and hang out with a bunch of positive people!

[bctt tweet="Your unsupportive family and friends are projecting their fears of change onto you." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * The lack of support is actually just fear of change. * You are being a role model and plant the seed of growth in others. * Everyone may not come around or be ready to join you, and you may have to make a difficult decision. * If your husband is not supportive, go slow and reassure him that your relationship will not change.

EPISODE RESOURCES The Profit Party Academy
The Profit Party Community

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

IN THIS EPISODE 3:30 I always ask for one fun fact and you shared with us that you were in a German music video. Can we talk about that?

3:50 When I was 14, when I was a bit younger, I was a drum majorette. I'm not sure if you know what that is but it's basically kind of like the kids in a marching band. Now we do drum majorettes like a competitive sport. So I was doing that at the time and I was into acting, you know everyone wants to be a singer and actress, so you kind of sign up for all of those agencies and things. Surprisingly they were looking for someone with that kind of skill, so I went to an audition and we did it in Capetown. The band ended up choosing me and it was an absolutely amazing experience. We shot the music video in Capetown because it was cheaper for the German company to do it in South Africa. But they actually, like surprisingly, these are things that you don't know at the time, but they were actually a #1 German band. They actually reached #1 on the German MTV awards and I actually got flown up to Germany for a talk show to discuss the whole experience and to talk about the show for promotion because they had hit #1 on the charts for quite a few weeks in Europe.

5:39 Don't say never! At Profit Party we have strict bad words that we're not allowed to say and never is one of them.

6:26 I wasn't sure what I wanted to study and at that stage I had so many questions. I loved singing and I loved acting. But I just didn't think that it was something that I could do at the time so I went into that business, you know, it's the traditional degree you get when you don't know what you want to study. So I went into business and I actually ended up absolutely loving it and I was adamant that I was going to be an investment manager. I was going to work at an investment firm because it was one of my favorite things to do. It was so appealing and I had always enjoyed finance but when I hit university and I was studying it, I absolutely enjoyed it. So I thought that was the career path I was headed on.

7:20 The life of an investment managers are not very good because they stress out so much. So I was like okay I really love marketing and i think it is more creative so it filtered into that drama side and creativity. I had spoken to my father, actually, and he said you know what? With the investment knowledge you have, do your personal investments and use that knowledge for yourself personally and then bring out the creative outlet for other people.

8:56 My husband was encouraging me to start my own thing. He said well since you're au pairing and you absolutely love it, in your spare time why don't you delve into these areas whether it's marketing, investments or the creative side that you want to do. Try it out.

9:24 I ended up creating a baby clothing company. I absolutely loved creating the clothing. It was a creative outfit.

9:45 Through that I was actually doing my own marketing and doing my own business which brought in my degrees, it brought in the creative side and obviously the clothing was pretty creative because I was designing my own stuff. And I met Lilah Higgins through that.

10:15: She was like well I'm actually looking for a social media VA and I had never thought of that. I've got this baby clothing company and I'm going to stick with this. When she said that I was like you know, why not? Why not try it. I'm still at the beginning stages of this baby clothing company, I've got some free time. Said no one ever.

11:13 The work was so exciting and I wanted to do it all the time that I ended up spending less time with the baby clothing and more time with the social media management because it was just what I loved. My husband was laughing at me because I told him before we got married, "If only someone could pay me to pin things. That would be my ideal." That wasn't even a thought that could be realized at the time and he was laughing because like you said never say never. You manifested that!

13:00 In December, I went full-time into just Pinterest management and it was absolutely amazing. It changed my life!

13:15 For the do-it-yourselfer in the audience, because not everyone is in a place in their business where they can hire a social media manager. I have social media managers and let me tell you something the amount of time they spend per platform is a lot. It's kind of like pick your poison sometimes . You have to pick and choose. We're going to get into questions on how do you know if Pinterest is your platform and if it is what to do and how to optimize it and what does that strategy look like.

13:50 But before we do Kathryn, I just want to honor you for taking the leap and following your intuition. A) You manifested being able to do what you love which is possible. You questioned yourself. Every single person, every woman listening to this podcast right now has questioned themselves the same way. And has said, "Can I make money doing this? Can I charge money for this? Will people pay me for this? Is this to nichey? Oh my god, if I niche down I'm going to use every client that I have and then I'm going to be broke."

14:31 What was it - was it insanity, was it confidence, was it courage, was it support? What helped you to declutter some of those limiting beliefs and negative self-talk so that you could flip the switch and actually follow your intuition. It was a lot of time to reflect on what I had already done and how far I had come and how I was provided for in this way because a couple of months ago I was questioning all of these different things.

15:14 In the morning I wanted to do this. I loved it. I loved helping people in this way. So that already built up this fire within me to say this was the first thing that you have done that you want to keep doing. And then what I did, which I encourage everybody to do and what I think your Facebook group really is, is to find a community.

16:04 It was getting that encouragement from other people to take that leap and in knowing that they supported me and that more importantly that I could do this. I was valuable in what I offer. I am worthy of it and what I think about I will create. If I keep thinking the negative thoughts and keep thinking I'm not worthy then that's what I'm going to be putting out there. It completely shifted.

16:41 This is the perfect opportunity to say thank you. I was charging a quarter of what I currently charge, probably even less. In December when I watching the videos I was encouraged to charge more and to figure it out and work through that. Work through the money blocks I was having. I ended up doubling my prices and none of my clients left because everything was worth it. It was all worth it. It was just my mind. It was just what I was telling myself. Your video switched that for me. Figure out your money blocks first and then move them to the side and replace them with the positive and uplifting thoughts.

18:26 That's the entire premise of the Profit Party Academy - pricing and figuring out how to charge for what you do, how to make good money and how to feel good about it.

19:18 You talk about Pinterest in a way that you can tell that you're really, really passionate about it. Why Pinterest over everything else? The main reason that I love Pinterest and why I love to get up and use it every single day is because you work so hard on your visual content, on your blog content, on your video content, any type of content that you end up creating. I know I'm currently working on a sales page at the moment and sometimes it feels like you are pulling your hair trying to create this. Because sometimes creating can be quite draining. So whether it's a launch or a blog post you've put your heart and soul into it and to launch it and to put one blog post out on Facebook or Instagram or Stumbleupon and it gets filtered down the feed and nothing. You only get 4 likes or a couple of click-throughs. It just breaks my heart sometimes. What I absolutely love about Pinterest was that I could put up a pin leading to this blog post and I could write a really great caption once and never have to change it never have to come up with a new caption to grab more attention never have to create a new graphic. I just have to put it up on Pinterest, repin it and share it in front of the audience.

20:46 I just had to implement a strategy to get it in front of people and to get Pinterest sharing it in front of other people. Pinterest's algorithm and smartfeed and everything uses search engine optimization tactics just like Google. It's a visual search engine which means you don't have to have a zillion captions and 65,000 hashtags and all of these things that take up so much mental capacity to try to figure out.

21:20 On Pinterest you just put it up once and it's about the sharing. It's about the strategy you use to get it across Pinterest.

22:22 You keep saying blog. What about people, ok for me personally, I don't blog. I do YouTube, I do a lot of video content, I have a podcast, it's all audio and visual. Does that mean Pinterest is not for me? No, not at all. I just use the term blog post because I'm used to saying it.

22:57 It's about creating pins and pin descriptions and you can lead them to YouTube. You can even upload videos on Pinterest now. It's all about getting seen and you can lead people to YouTube.

23:45 I have led people to actual branding services and packages. I've led people to blog posts with email opt-ins. I've led people to content upgrades, just straight to a hardwall opt-in. You can lead people to products.

24:15 It's really identifying your industry and making sure your ideal audience is on Pinterest. That is how you would figure out if Pinterest is the platform for you.

24:38 What is the audience on Pinterest looking for? The reason I ask this is because for me, personally, when I'm on Pinterest, it's late at night. I don't have my earbuds in. I'm not looking to listen to a podcast. I'm not looking to watch videos. I'm looking for quick ways to absorb content.

25:12 Do people actually watch videos on Pinterest? Do you recommend that? It's a new thing that Pinterest is trying to optimize at the moment. Pinterest has said that they are trying to introduce video into Pinterest to make the visual search engine even more powerful. However, I feel at the moment because it's like a rectangular image that it's a bit of a struggle at the moment because it doesn't stand out. However, they are adapting, and I'm sure they're going to figure out a way to start optimizing it and make it even better. I, personally, don't watch those small videos like that. But you can now create a long image with a play button so people know that it's going to lead them to YouTube. Also, podcast episodes that are YouTube videos on your blog.

27:01 So you recommend calling [what type of a post it is] out on the graphic yourself. Yes, because they say you should call it out in the description but a lot of people don't read the description but will read the text on the graphic. There are small ways you can let people know that whether it's something that says "Free checklist" but if it's a video, you can just do the little play button and you can do it in your own colors.

27:42 We don't always act on Pinterest like our ideal client acts on Pinterest and we need to understand that.

28:54 I always suggest that if you've only got video content and people are really interested in text content and don't want to click through, it's really good to have variety. So it's good to have a couple of pin graphics that could lead to your video but is an infographic. A very simple infographic that you can create on Canva, they have templates and you just give them the 12 points you mention or you give them 3 of the points you mention in the video and then you say click to watch the video for more and they will know that. Or they will pin it for later. They'll pin it for later to watch the video because they don't want to watch the video right now.

30:05 It's simple things like that, think about what they're going to be doing, where they're at and creating the content for them.

30:41 Is it okay to create pins that send them to different platforms or should they all drive traffic to your website. It is good to drive traffic to your website because that is where your analytics are going to come from.

31:28 If your content and your really strong platform is Facebook or your really strong brand presence is on YouTube, send them to the place that is going to give them the value because that is what they're looking for. And once they watch one YouTube video they might subscribe or they might opt-in. It's like a sales funnel. You really want to think about your Pinterest sales funnel in the terms that you can send them to your website but it doesn't matter if you send them there and there's nothing for them.

32:47 So what are your tips on creating SEO-rich tips? My tip is to keep it really simple. Don't overcomplicate the struggle for you because it really is not. It is not that difficult. And although it is called search engine optimization, it sounds so scary. What It really is is just making sure that you use the right keywords, which is just words or phrases, that your ideal client is searching for on Pinterest.

35:02 You're just placing the proper keywords in the appropriate places - on the right boards, in the right pin description so that when someone searches for that phrase, your posts show up.

36:05 So, what if you have an audience or a company or you're creating content and it's kinda new or really nichy, how do you find out what people are searching for and how do you appear where they are? So this is one of the really great things about Pinterest. Initially, I would say you need to look at your current audience, whether that's in your email list or your content, to look at the copy you use. Because your clients are already attracted to you so you're using the right copy. You already have a bank of words that you're using on your website that have already attracted that audience. So look at what you've already done. But if you're knew and you're like "I haven't done anything yet, I don't know what they are going to be searching for," My suggestion is to go into Pinterest and go to the search bar and start very broadly with something that could apply to you.

37:41 So I've actually worked with a money mindset person on their Pinterest account before, so this is a good one. I had to go through the same process of what is your ideal client searching for? So I started really broadly with money and then mindset separately. So I went into Pinterest and I typed in money into the search bar. The great thing is that what's going to happen when you type that in because pinterest is a visual search engine it keeps track of what people are searching for. You may notice if you type something into the search bar and click enter, just underneath the search bar there are these multi-colored blocks with words in them. So you will type in money and it will say debt, budgeting, tips. When you hover over it you will notice that it is saying money debt or get out of debt related to money, so you will start seeing what phrases people are searching for. This is the highest searched term in relation to what people are putting in there. So you are able to see what people are typing in.

43:13 So, for DIYers when they're first starting out, what do you think is the biggest mistake? What do you think it is that they're doing wrong? They think of it like a Personal Pinterest account and it becomes a bit of a struggle because when you are pinning for personal use you are pinning things that you find attractive , that you want that you get inspired b and they end up creating a couple of boards that are very varied and they follow an influencer. They try and mimic what that influencer is doing but that influencer isn't selling what they're selling. The influencer is maybe a fashion blogger and they are a dentist or a branding designer. So the boards that the fashion designer can put together are very different than the boards you would want to put together as a dentist or a money mindset coach.

44:50 My tips for getting started is to really focus in on creating a select few boards that relate to your business and that your ideal client are searching for.

47:06 You have actually created a course so by the time our listeners are listening to this podcast, they can come stalk you. they can learn everything Pinterest and they can partake in your Pinterest that is actually going to walk you through everything you said. So even if you weren't taking notes ladies, it's okay! We've got a cheatsheet for you.

[bctt tweet=" Did you know your Pinterest strategy is a funnel? @kathmoorhouse shares more tips on the podcast!" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * Your Pinterest strategy is a funnel. * SEO on Pinterest does not have to be scary, it just starts with keyword searching. * Keep it simple, focus on your ideal clients and creating boards that can house your pins.

EPISODE RESOURCES Pinterest Course
Profit Party Academy

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

CONTINUE THE PARTY WITH KATHRYN Website
Facebook Page
Instagram
Pinterest
Facebook Group

View Details

IN THIS EPISODE 1:47 Is mindset tripping you up? Is it a problem? Is it a disease or is it the symptom? And more specifically your money mindset. I want to just dig in and answer some questions, address some confusion around money mindset.

2:11 We've all said it, we've all thought it. We've all read books about it. You've done work, right? I know you have. I know it's been on your mind because at some point you questioned yourself. You said, "You know what if I'm not quite making the money I want and I'm focused on it; I'm doing all the things. My money mindset must be jacked," right?

2:42 Money mindset is a layer of your mindset. It is more of a symptom than the problem or disease itself.

4:08 You do the work on it. You heal your relationship with money as if it's another being, an external thing, right? You're gonna be nice to it and your gonna respect it. And all these things are important. 100%.

4:23 You're going to have a healthier relationship with it, not fear looking it in the face. Meaning not fear opening your bills, looking at your credit card statements, budgeting, reconciling. All those nasty words you don't fear it anymore because you've healed your relationship with it.

5:01 There will always be a new trigger. Why is it? Have you figured that out yet?

5:28 There is always something deeper going on. What I mean by deeper it is what you believe is possible. It's your sense of worth, worthiness, in yourself, in what you deliver to the world, in who you see when you look in the mirror, in how you talk about yourself, your business and your services. Are you confident? Do you believe you're amazing? And when you say that to somebody, when you say it out loud - 'cuz I'm pretty freaking amazing, you know, you feel it right? - is it in your head or your heart? Where does that come up for you and is it a sustainable feeling?

6:24 If you 100% believe you deserve the money that you're after, the clients that you seek, the love, the significance, the respect, not only in business but in your home life, because there is a certain element of balance required to have a healthy sense of self.

6:58 You have to heal your body from the inside out because once anything gets to the outside, it's merely a symptom of what's going on underneath.

7:20 When you are concentrating just on your relationship with money, just the way you think and feel about it and you're ignoring everything else, the triggers are more likely to come back.

8:28 I, like a holistic doctor, like to take a holistic approach to mindset, the way we think and feel about money, ourselves, our worthiness and what is possible. I say what is possible because when it comes to business, you have to take the blinders off, right?

9:25 You want to make sure that you are tuning in and doing what feels authentic to you, that you're paying attention and connecting emotionally to what your client needs so that you know you're doing an amazing job in the way that you do it best. You're maximizing on your strengths. You are healing your mindset.

11:32 You want to get to the bottom of these things? You want to get focused and figure out what can wait and what can be done now? Start taking focused action and implementing these things one step at a time, feeling really good about it, really confident and rocking it out, then we need to talk. Seriously, let's hop on a call and let's figure out if The Profit Party Academy, a place where we are going to come together as women, work on all of the different layers of what's going on inside, and take all of the things that you know need to be done and put them in the right order so you can take focused action.

[bctt tweet="Your money mindset is a symptom, not the reason for your money problems." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * Your triggers keep coming back because your money mindset is not the problem but the symptom. * You have to dig deeper and heal your relationship with yourself from the inside out.

EPISODE RESOURCES 069 - Your S&M Relationship with Money

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Women entrepreneurs need to learn from each other and in this episode, Suzanne Brown is here to share her insight from her 110 interviews she has conducted for her new book, Mompowerment, and her decades of corporate and entrepreneurial work. There is so much value and goodness in this podcast (even if you aren't a mom).

Suzanne is a wife and mother to two young boys. She works as a strategic marketing and business consultant, who helps larger companies work better with their marketing agencies. In addition to her marketing consulting, she is the author of the book that just came out called Mompowerment. The book shares stories, insights, and advice from more than 110 professional part-time working moms who she interviewed and empowers moms to think differently about their career approach. Suzanne blogs weekly about topics related to work, family, time management, productivity, networking, and work-life balance.

IN THIS EPISODE

3:30 I, Tonya, ask for a fun fact from my guests and your fun fact was that you've been to 40 countries before you turned 40. How was that? It was Ireland and it was so cool. We traveled with our boys and the hotel rooms were really well set up for families. We live in Austin, TX and we'd never ridden on a train or a double-decker bus. We got to talk about dungeons and go to castles. The highlight of the trip according to the boys was high tea.

7:07 Why did you think about writing this book in the first place? It was during coffee with a friend and we needed to know if there was a place to help working moms out, a place where you can ask questions about becoming an entrepreneur and make a living. I didn't have a place for that and when we researched, there was not a resource for that. Which became me creating that resource for moms who want to transition from corporate. There are a lot of resources for moms who stay at home, but there is not a place where those stories are shared from hedge fund managers transitioning and still making 6-figures. And those who are making 20-hours a week and continuing their career. The truth is, it's definitely doable. When I looked at the numbers and researched, those who are working part-time as a stay at home mom, are making the typical salary. And that's in between 25 or 28 hours.

13:28 The one thing that moms did talk about, who have been very successful in either staying in the corporate world or going into the entrepreneur world, is that they knew their value. They went and did their own thing and they didn't think they needed to keep all their hours but instead knew that they could bring value to the table and being able to speak around that. There wasn't a tentative "maybe" but "this is what I bring" and they knew they could bring a lot to the client and charge for it.

15:31 When women go into business for themselves, they think their value is what people are willing to pay. You need to remember that things that are easy for you, are not easy for others. Think about what you're good at versus what others are naturally good at and then think about what it means to the person you're talking to. If it's the linchpin for their business, then they're going to see that value. Also, look at who you are and what you bring. You have your expertise and your own perspective and speaking to that is important. The moms I talked to had built businesses around that area where they were different and what difference set them apart.

18:36 Almost all the moms I talked to were in corporate America at one point. There were less than five who had been entrepreneurs the whole time. 38 percent of the moms I talked to are entrepreneurs right now. And for most of them, the ah-ha mindset shift was one of two things: something has to shift on my schedule and I need to scale back on my work. Or it was when they hit a block in the corporate world, they had always wanted to be an entrepreneur and decided that they were done in that company. There are a lot of reasons why there was a change that needed to happen and that shift took place. Instead of saying that they're going to crunch a little harder, and be a little better at their job, they decided they were done. That shift was important for them to recognize they were done.

20:55 While they didn't talk specifically about the word mentor, that was what they were talking about. And that was on the entrepreneur side and on the corporate side. If you can talk to someone who is going through the same thing, you will have women who are able and willing to help them find the same solutions and share their story. Almost everyone said they had talked to someone, even if it wasn't necessarily a mentor. I would say too that if you're starting a business, it's better to look for a sponsor and a mentor, or both. That person can introduce you to new clients or team members. They can introduce you to others and help you open doors to others. In my own corporate life, I had a mentor who was actually a sponsor who was higher up in the business I was working at. There was one person who would talk to people on my behalf and recommend that I work for them. A mentor wouldn't do that and a manager wouldn't do that. One of the people I worked with was at a marketing agency is someone I no longer have a business relationship with because I don't work for that company anymore, but he's still providing me work by suggesting and he's giving me referrals to a large number of ideal clients. I just reconnected with him formally and I asked him how I can help him. He asked me to help him in an area I'm strong in and I was able to return the favor.

30:58 Things in relation to productivity are very necessary for success. Figuring out if you're more successful in the morning or afternoon. Batching is important because you get into the groove of what you're working on. I use the Pomodoro method and set a timer to 25 minutes to work that amount, then break for five minutes. I also break things into 3 goals for the most in one day. You need to think about the steps to achieving the goals that you want to do. That was one thing that moms repeatedly came up for those moms who were successful. You have to be clear on what you're going for. The number one tip I heard was to network. When you are a working mom, you might say that you don't have time to network. My thing is that you can network where you are. You can network at a company if you're getting ready to leave, talk to them about what you're getting ready to do. You can do coffee chats online. Don't focus on your kids during this time. It's easy to talk about the kids and life, and you have to be able to transition the conversation to a professional one.

35:06 Another top tip was set and maintain your boundaries. You want to work part-time and be paid for part-time, then you need to recognize your value. It's also really good to set your boundaries of how often you're going to respond to your clients and when you're going to get back to them.

36:42 The other tip I heard repeatedly was that you have to get help. That can be trading babysitting with another mom, getting a babysitter, a housecleaner, whatever that help is to you. It's really hard to be a working mom and you need to ask for help. And we take it all on. Who has time for all of those things and how many of them are really important? Can you ask for help? Asking for help is a really hard thing to do. Some people might struggle with saying no. If you reposition it as saying no to one thing, but saying yes to something else. And that might be time with your family or self-care. Good is good enough is a mantra that I subscribe to. Not a lot of entrepreneurs are slackers, and their 80 percent is probably someone else's 110 percent. If you say yes to something, can you say that it's good enough instead of everything being perfect?

[bctt tweet="You need to remember that things that are easy for you, are not easy for others and there is value in that." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • I couldn't find the resources I wanted so I decided to make the resources we needed.
  • The one thing that moms did talk about, who have been very successful in either staying in the corporate world or going into the entrepreneur world, is that they knew their value.
  • You need to remember that things that are easy for you, are not easy for others and there is value in that.
  • While they didn't talk specifically about the word mentor, that was what they were talked about the success of having one.
  • Things in relation to productivity are very necessary for success.
  • Set and maintain your boundaries.
  • The other tip I heard repeatedly was that you have to get help.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

CONTINUE THE PARTY WITH SUZANNE

Mompowerment website

Twitter

Facebook group

Facebook

Pinterest

View Details

Is your strategy not working repeatedly? Or maybe a launch hasn't worked again? Where is your mindset, and do you need help with that mindset?

Where is your mindset, and do you need help with that mindset? Is it time to make switch something that you're doing and make it better? Check out this episode.

IN THIS EPISODE

0:16 We're getting into mindset and how it applies to the strategy of your business. If you've been in business for a while, you've got a plan - that's all strategy is right, a plan. Let's take and apply some real-world examples to this.

A personal trainer - why did you get one? You might not have known how to meet your physical fitness goal, or you needed that personal accountability. It's probably come up to you in the area of meal planning. If I want to eat healthily, I need to plan ahead and make a good choice. It's helpful to have that plan in place. When it comes to business - content marketing. What happens if you don't have a marketing plan in place? You sit down at your desk and say hmmm... what's the purpose in how you're doing things here? You don't know how to measure it and you end up getting lost in a Facebook group and wasting an hour.

If I want to eat healthily, I need to plan ahead and make a good choice. It's helpful to have that plan in place.

When it comes to business - content marketing. What happens if you don't have a marketing plan in place? You sit down at your desk and say hmmm... what's the purpose in how you're doing things here? You don't know how to measure it and you end up getting lost in a Facebook group and wasting an hour.

3:23 We all look for strategy and systems. Our brain is lazy. What do you do in the shower? Think about that for a minute. When you're in the shower, you have a system and your brain likes it. That's why we naturally gravitate towards something that gives us a system. So why don't the systems work? You've taken courses, added strategy, you've got a great personality and courses that people need. What happens then? You've taken courses on how to launch courses and that launch flops. And then you hire a coach and if that doesn't work, then you hire someone else or buy another course.

5:35 I want to challenge you to think outside the box for a minute - is it really the answer book or the course that you're working out of. Have you taken a chance to look on the inside and examine your mindset? Your mindset is the foundation of everything you do. It's not really the prettiest thing, but it's the most important part. When you've built a solid foundation because then you can do anything in your business because you're confident, strong and powerful. You feel equipped to follow the right path that will help you charge what you're worth, put yourself out there and put out the content that will make you the money. If you don't have that, you're missing the most important part of your strategy.

8:10 So many people are like yeah, I get it. I'll say some affirmations, do some meditations and sometimes it works and other times it doesn't. Girlfriend, trust me. Five years ago I was in a bad place. I was struggling with the same things you are, I was struggling to charge my worth and I felt like everyone was watching me. You wouldn't have caught me dead public speaking. I had to give a speech at my best friend's wedding and I must have lost five pounds that week because I was so nervous. I started doing mindset work and holy moly, it led me to blow out my first business and started my second. And I've got friends from all over the world and things are so different. You have to start somewhere. You have to make that choice. That whole time I was studying psychology, the law of attraction, NLP, and all the things that have come together. I've looked at patterns and seen what has worked for me and my Academy students.

It's like making a cake. It's a recipe. That's what I'm all about. You can change the tools you're using, but it still turns out the same way. You're inserting things maybe a different way but you're still using those tools to change your mindset. Your life, your business, your financial situation is all a result of the recipe you have made your whole life. If you want to live your dream life, you need to change the recipe. It's probably only to make a few tweaks. If you want to bring someone in who can help you with your mindset, we're swinging the doors of the Profit Party Academy wide open. You can go check it out and if you want, schedule a call with me to see if you're the right fit. If you're curious and want to dig in, and work on your mindset, go check it out.

[bctt tweet="Is mindset missing from your strategy? It could be making a huge difference in where your business is." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • All strategy is right, a plan.
  • We all look for strategy and systems which is how our brains work.
  • I want to challenge you to think outside the box for a minute - do you need more mindset in your strategy?
  • When you've built a solid foundation because then you can do anything in your business because you're confident, strong and powerful.
  • Your life, your business, your financial situation is all a result of the recipe you have made your whole life.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

We all have moments where we want something perfect. But when you're a perfectionist like me, it's something that can become crippling. I'm digging into this perfectionism today so come join me for a pep talk.

IN THIS EPISODE

1:46 So you're a little bit of a perfectionist? Yeah, me too. When I make my bed in the morning, everything has to be perfect. It shows up multiple times in my business and if I'm working on something new, I want it to be perfect. I get all bent out of shape before I release something and want it to be perfect before I do that. It's because I set my standards really high, and I hit it because I'm an overachiever. We hit that standard and we look at that in hindsight and say that it wasn't that bad and then keep raising the bar. And that's positive.

3:45 The bad side of that is when we're actually going through it, when we're getting ready to present our new thing to everyone, we have a serious fear of failure. Have you seen the new Always commercial? It's about when girls hit puberty, their biggest fear becomes failure. It's because women are always changing their minds and our emotions are all over.

5:02 It's because when we go to do something, we want to please people and when we don't, it's really painful and we internalize that. We tell ourselves we aren't good enough, maybe I didn't try hard enough and it becomes a feeling we're lacking. It's that feeling of being judged or maybe judging ourselves. There's that saying "done is better than perfect" and we say "Yeah, for you. But not for me." It goes back to a time when we thought we rocked it and it wasn't enough. In that moment you're shattered or like being perfect wasn't good enough. Or when you clean the kitchen without being asked and then being told you forgot something. It's working your butt off on a book report and forgetting your name on the paper and getting a zero. Or trying your mother in law's meatloaf recipe for your new husband or boyfriend and he finishes it without saying anything and when asked, says it was ok. Whatever it was, it wasn't enough. Whatever it was, it hurt then and it hurts now. In that moment we felt unloved, our pride was hurt and it's that feeling that we continually avoid.

8:20 This is the exact reason you are 80% done on so many projects and it's the reason why you pivot. You are probably close to success and you give up. You buy that third course and then you totally switch gears. It's that fear of not being perfect and it's why you know exactly what you need to do and it scares the hell out of you. What if you lived in a world where everyone, even strangers loved you and they knew your love language. It would be amazing right. I had a call with my coach recently and she asked me what I wanted more than anything in the world. It's an easy and hard answer at the same time. What I want is for everyone woman I have the ability to work work, talk with and interact with feel that they are enough. I want them to not feel like they have to be complemented by that man, or validated by someone else or that girl to them they look pretty or your boss to tell them they are amazing. I've worked with so many women who have floored me with what they have been through. They are survivors of some sort of abuse - physical, verbal, sexual. Not all of them and not all of them have gone through all those types of abuse but in some way, shape or form but almost every woman I know has endured some form of abuse but in some way, shape or form but almost every woman I know has experienced something like that. They've been treated like doormats. They've experienced loss.

10:52 They, just like you, have risen above and created businesses. Your business is your sanity place, where you get to make the decisions and call the shots. What's important to remember is that you, just the way you are, are enough. You are brilliant, you are beautiful, you are a magical soul. It doesn't define you. You define you and you get to decide that you're pretty freaking amazing. It's made you the amazing, strong, independent woman. All these have been the prerequisite to being who you are now. I just want you to know that. As I sign off today, I want you to know that I love and appreciate you. If you need extra love today, head over to the Profit Party Facebook group where we are there to love and support you. Have a less than perfect, but perfect in your own way, day.

[bctt tweet="What's important to remember is that you, just the way you are, are enough." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • It's because I set my standards really high, and I hit it because I'm an overachiever.
  • The bad side of that is when we're actually going through it, when we're getting ready to present our new thing to everyone, we have a serious fear of failure.
  • It's that feeling of being judged or maybe judging ourselves.
  • Whatever it was, it hurt then and it hurts now.
  • I want is for everyone woman I have the ability to work work, talk with and interact with feel that they are enough.
  • They, just like you, have risen above and created businesses.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Always Commercial "Like a Girl"

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

We all have money mindset issues that we are consistently working to improve, yes, even me. In my latest challenge, I helped others to identify their mindset issues and work through them - this is what we found out and how you can work through your mindset blocks too.

IN THIS EPISODE

0:27 I'm going to give feedback from the recent Money Mindset challenge we just completed in the Profit Party Facebook group. We switch this up depending on what people need help with, whether it's goals, the way we think about money, the way we step out and go into the next step in business. Well, that's my jam and that's what I love to help you figure out and that's what we did last week. When we got to the point where we needed to take action and implement, that's the hardest part. When it comes to implementation, we did a little bit of goal setting, looked at what's not serving us and something that doesn't require a lot of actions.

2:14 As soon as you take a step out of your comfort zone, it's like the life jacket comes off and you're swimming out in the middle of the ocean. You start to question if people are going to judge you, is it safe out here? There are so many unknowns that start to trigger us and we start to get anxiety and fear and uncomfortableness. And we decide we need to make it better, get a little more practice or maybe it's simple things like wanting to redo a room like I wanted to do for a YouTube video. These things are excuses when I allowed myself to get in my own way because I was uncomfortable talking about the information for the video.

4:30 We let ourselves get in our own way because we are afraid of being rejected and less than enough or less than perfect. We're afraid that we'll not be received in a way that we want. And that's a scary thing. But we all know intellectually that that has to happen. We have to learn how to stretch ourselves if we want to grow in our business. Julie Neale said "we have to be stretched but not a strain." A stretch is uncomfortable but not painful. Learning to tell the difference between uncomfortableness and pain in business is really important.

5:56 How do you know what the next step is? Well, you can ask yourself a few questions. Feel free to put me on pause and grab a pen and paper. Take 15-minutes for each question. You can take a walk, a bubble bath, meditate, go reconnect with nature.

  1. Discover what you're feeling right now - when you think about taking the next step to grow your business and stretch yourself, how do you feel?
  2. What do you want to feel? This is about getting in tune with your desired results. It's not always a quantitative result but it's how you want to feel. A lot of times when my student or clients go through this, it's often fear or anxiety. What do you want to feel instead of negative feelings? There's no wrong answer here.
  3. What do you need to declutter or get rid of in order to feel that way? What words do you need to stop using? What thoughts do you need to stop allowing? What emotions do you need to declutter? There might be some actions here. It might mean boycotting a person or ignore your schedule so you can get your mojo back? We do a lot of work on this and this is where you flip your switch takes place.
  4. Do something. What is that action step? As little as it may be, identify it. Have an accountability partner or come over to the Profit Party Facebook group and tell us what it is. You'll see people step up to support you and tell you that you are not alone. Do the thing that scares you.
  5. Sit back and relax and let the magic happen. This is where you get to allow the prosperity and abundance happen.

10:57 If you're still hung up on the rejection part, what about it is tripping you up? Who are you afraid is going to reject you? Can you change that outcome to allow only those who will love you to be around you? Not everyone is going to love you. Think about your favorite music artist - does everyone love them? No. There are plenty of people who receive good and bad reviews and if you focus on the negative, then that's where you'll be and it will hold you back. But if you focus on where you're going, and that's where you're meant to be than you need to do it. Take one little baby step. If you start to make that shift of the fear of rejection. You can do EFT or tapping to release the negative thoughts for anything. You can join me on YouTube and practice with me.

14:51 If you want to go a little deeper and take all of the steps you need to take in your business and have guidance, head over to the Profit Party Academy and see if it's right for you. You can schedule a 15-minute call with me to see if it's a good fit.

[bctt tweet="We let ourselves get in our own way because we are afraid of being rejected and less than enough or less than perfect." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • We let ourselves get in our own way because we are afraid of being rejected and less than enough or less than perfect.
  • As soon as you take a step out of your comfort zone, it's like the life jacket comes off and you're swimming out in the middle of the ocean.
  • Learning to tell the difference between uncomfortableness and pain in business is really important. I'll give you some questions to see where you're going and help you move through the uncomfortable.
  • If you're still hung up on the rejection part, what about it is tripping you up?
  • You can do EFT or Tapping to help you get rid of negative feelings.

EPISODE RESOURCES

EFT/Tapping video

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Marketing is vital to business which is why I'm SO excited to have Danielle Tenconi, a marketing expert and growth navigator with me on this episode.

Danielle helps entrepreneurs and corporate businesses who want to connect with their ideal client, at the right place and the right time! Over the past 15 years she's had the pleasure of working with big brands all around the world, including Axe, Moet, Energizer and many more! The main thing she's learned from big brand marketing is the importance of simple, focused strategies that have a big impact. It’s this experience and know-how that she's bringing to clients. She's a Brit, currently living in Korea with her Military hubby and two young kiddos. Due to their ever changing lifestyle, she's created a location-independent business that allows her to the mom, wife and business owner that she wants to be.

IN THIS EPISODE

3:00 Danielle has just finished running the Great Wall of China in a marathon. She and some of her girlfriends decided to give themselves some new challenges and this marathon is rated the hardest one. She finished in 10 hours and 45 minutes. Some of the marathons is climbing and going around the broken parts of the Wall.

5:10 I haven't really transitioned from working with corporations to working with entrepreneurs but I split my time and working with entrepreneurs has made me better to work with for corporations. Marketing is really simple and we over complicate it. Understanding who their perfect person is for corporations and those who have authentic relationships with those people are the ones who are doing well right now.

8:26 Having a very clear idea of what you want to achieve as a business is a great place to start when you're reframing the idea of marketing. Taking a more strategic approach. It can be an easy strategy and keeping focused on that. From the launch of Axe with millions of dollars, they focused on 3 goals in one year. If a global company can only accomplish 3 goals, entrepreneurs should cut down on the number of goals. Do a few things brilliantly and you will excel in business. When you have too many goals, you'll crash and burn and feel like a failure.

11:00 As new entrepreneurs we have to do all the things otherwise you won't be successful, that's not true. It's so easy to get rolling away with that and I knew logically that my people are not on Instagram, and I spent a lot of time learning about Instagram and had a huge following, but none of them would work with me. I shut it down and it was such a relief. It's giving yourself permission to let go of having to do all of the things and focusing on what will bring you success.

12:15 As women period we feel like we're not enough and in business, we're trying to do all of the things. I love what you, Danielle, said about strategy. I, Tonya, have white boards all over my office and I'm going to put that one goal on my white boards and use that as a filter when something comes up and if it doesn't match up with that goal of my why, I'm going to set it aside. It's possible to have that thing go into a parking lot. Your marketing plan can be a living breathing document. It's a plan with goals, action, metrics to measure it by and a financial goal. It can be simple. Keep it to 3 goals for the year. Learn who you are communicating with.

14:49 One of the big terms in the corporate world right now is empathy. You have to be able to make decisions like your people. You have to look at the packaging and what they're doing like them. It's something that most entrepreneurs look over but if you don't know who you're talking to then you don't know what kind of copy you're going to use or what social media platform they are on.

16:53 If someone doesn't want to change their messaging, then you should check in your heart of hearts and see if you really know what the person you're writing to really looks like. With online spaces and reaching out to people, you can understand if you need to make a small tweak or if there's something else you need to change. I tend to use more corporate language and I have to check with my biz besties on wording. You might also not be reaching out to people in the wrong places. I was working on a toothpaste ad and people only think about tooth brushing 2% of the time and they were so focused on that small percent of the time and they had to change how they were talking to those they were trying to reach.

19:45 People keep asking me about connecting with big brands. They're on all of the social media platforms and they have a very small percentage of time those higher up in the company are actually spending time on the platform. What works with one group, might not work with another group. Even on social media, you're fighting algorithms. It really depends on your target. There's the whole Facebook group versus no Facebook groups. I ended up closing down my group because that wasn't where my people were. But I wanted to test it and see how it would work. It's going back to that strategy and checking to see how it's delivering against that goal and strategy.

23:12 The biggest tip I could give you is to know your people and know who you are marketing to. Do that research online, go out and speak to people who might be your people. People love to talk about themselves so that's not a problem. You can ask someone to answer questions on the street for a few minutes. Gather as much data as possible and ask why they're saying this because people often do very different from what they say. Ask why it's important to them. If you look at those who present themselves as perfect moms on Instagram, that's not the reason why they're posting the perfect picture - you have to ask why and you can go through the layers and dig deeper and truly understanding what that truth is, then you'll stand far above your peers. You can do it really easily for free. Talk to other entrepreneurs and trade things back and forth for free. You're not just giving things for free, you're building your support network. It's as simple as making a friend. Coffee chats can be great for connecting with people. I keep a log after following them for a while and it's a great way to reach out and talk to them because of these reasons. No one has turned me down yet. Actually listening to people when they talk is important.

You can do this marketing research really easily for free. Talk to other entrepreneurs and trade things back and forth for free. You're not just giving things for free, you're building your support network. It's as simple as making a friend. Coffee chats can be great for connecting with people. I keep a log after following them for a while and it's a great way to reach out and talk to them because of these reasons. No one has turned me down yet. Actually listening to people when they talk is important.

32:27 I love diversity and working with different people. What I'm getting excited about in marketing is Slide Share. I've been getting really excited about how I can truly tap into using it to grow my business. It's the perfect platform to attract others to my business. It's owned by LinkedIn and I want to make that the next big thing for my clients.

[bctt tweet="Marketing is really simple and we over complicate it." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Danielle has just finished running the Great Wall of China in a marathon.
  • Marketing is really simple and we over complicate it.
  • Having a very clear idea of what you want to achieve as a business is a great place to start when you're reframing the idea of marketing.
  • It's important to give yourself permission to let go of having to do all of the things and focusing on what will bring you success.
  • Your marketing plan can be a living breathing document.
  • Gather as much data as possible and ask why they're saying this because people often do very different from what they say.
  • You can do this marketing research really easily for free.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

CONTINUE THE PARTY WITH DANIELLE

Danielle's website

Danielle's Facebook

View Details

Self-service is important not just for you, but for those around you. Join me in this episode to refresh your mindset in how taking care of yourself is actually helping those in your life.

IN THIS EPISODE

0:20 It is awesome to have you here today. Because you're here and because I love you and because I want you to take care of yourself, we're going to talk about self-service. How to nurture your tribe by taking care of yourself first.

0:46 Let me tell you what I mean - so often we are people pleasers. That's our primary concern and we are empathetic. We can tell the emotions of other people and tend to pick those up. You might be on the phone with someone and they aren't saying something, but you know something is wrong. You end up asking them what's going on and then end up offering your gift of time or doing something outside of your zone of genius. You want to help them out so you end up working on something like tech. Samantha Johnston is the one you want to call, not me. But clients have asked me and I end up spending time working with them to help them out, and yes, I can do it, but it pulls us away from what we should have been working on. At the end of the day, while I'm reflecting on my day, I realize it was a disservice to them because I wasn't able to serve myself because I could have helped them in my zone of genius.

3:39 It happens in our life. You have someone in your life who is an energy vampire, you know who it is, and you get off the phone with someone and you realize you missed out on time with your kids because you were trying to help someone. There are those people who will ask you to listen to the same story, they will continue to go through the same cycles and same patterns of negativity. Yes, should be a good friend, but those around you are affected by the decision you make in how you spend your time and giving away your energy.

5:26 If you listen to the last episode I did with Dana Malstaff of the Boss Mom Movement, she mentioned self-service a few times such as her love language, her need for affirmation and how she does things that bring her love. At her retreats, she has karaoke because she wants to be the voice of a Disney character. She also knows that people getting vulnerable together in this way it builds relationships. When you expose yourself, you look to those around you, it releases oxytocin and dopamine by looking for affirmation from those around you it builds community.

7:30 If you are putting yourself first, and I don't mean in a selfish way, tuning into yourself and incorporating those things into your business and connecting with your tribe then it's a good thing. When you feel good about your business, it helps you better help your tribe by feeling good, abundant and joyful in a good way, then you'll attract more people. That's the law of attraction. If you want people to love you for your happiness, you have to start with yourself. You have to discover what fills you up and do them. You have to declutter what it is that no longer serves you in your life. You might need to set new boundaries in your business, dropping something in your business that no longer serve you, creating a time limit on how much time you're going to give the energy vampires in your life. It's super important in every area of your life.

10:21 You know the old saying "if she ain't happy, ain't no one happy", "happy wife, happy life" - if you aren't happy then you can't make those around you happy. If you want to change the world and the lives of those around you, you have to start with you. If you do them on the regular, do the things that you love to do at home and in your business. Find those who like doing what you don't like doing and partner with them. If you're still bootstrapping, maybe batch those things you don't like, then you're only crabby one day.

12:19 I'd love to know what ah hah's you've had, come on over to the Profit Party Facebook group and talk about it. And if you want to get more of that, we're doing so much mindset work in the Profit Party Academy so that we can declutter limiting beliefs and figure out what your clients want so you can feel good about what you're charging in a price exchange. I coach live every week, and if you want to learn more about it, go to the website and you can schedule a 15-minute call with me to see if it's the right fit for you.

[bctt tweet="If you want people to love you for your happiness, you have to start with yourself." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • How to nurture your tribe by taking care of yourself first.
  • At the end of the day, while I'm reflecting on my day, I realize it was a disservice to them because I wasn't able to serve myself because I could have helped them in my zone of genius.
  • Yes, should be a good friend, but those around you are affected by the decision you make in how you spend your time and giving away your energy.
  • If you are putting yourself first, tuning into yourself and incorporating those things into your business and connecting with your tribe then it's a good thing.
  • If you aren't happy then you can't make those around you happy.
  • I'd love to know what ah hah's you've had, come on over to the Profit Party Facebook group and talk about it.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Episode 73 – Behind the Scenes Boss Mom Movement with Dana Malstaff

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Today's guest is THE Boss Mom, Dana Malstaff. Dana is a mother, author, business & content strategist, coach, podcaster, and blind spot reducer. Dana is the author of Boss Mom: The Ultimate Guide to Raising a Business & Nurturing Your Family Like a Pro, and Confessions of a Boss Mom, and the founder of the Boss Mom Movement.

She serves Boss Moms who yearn for more time and less guilt when it comes to building their business and raising their family, by providing the tools they need to get more out of their content and business, without sacrificing their family goals.
When she is not creating new courses or building new strategy tools for creative entrepreneurs, she can be found, chasing her two kids on the beach, or thinking of the next fun new family adventure.

Join us to learn about creating a movement with Dana.

2:54 Dana Malstaff is here unscripted and has no idea what I, Tonya, am going to ask her.

4:00 Everyone knows the Boss Mom movement, have read their books, and you’ve seen a tremendous amount of growth in the last two years since it was started. You’re a genius for strategy, which is why I, Tonya, worked with you.

5:12 I’ve always known that I wanted big things – I want to be on the cover of a magazine. I don’t think I knew Boss Mom would be so big. I was mapping out the book and that’s how I stumbled upon it. I don’t suggest writing a book first. Launching with that is how it worked for me, it was something that I wanted to get out and it was something I wanted to get out. I did this from a strategic point – I knew how it linked to my business. I did have a few mindset issues around it, I had two websites at the beginning. Having the strategy of how it aligned with what I wanted to do was huge. And visibility of getting on podcasts. That’s what gave me visibility and got things ramped up.

8:52 The brand has gotten so solidified with who I am through the visibility. I’m a girl who likes to go big and the movement has grown and I think that has helped that I am so excited and passionate about the movement. The passion has helped the movement grow and change things faster.

11:46 I have a decal on the back of my computer and it’s the best $40 I’ve ever spent. It has helped me share the word with others. There is always someone who sees the decal, and when I talk about the business, people go tell others about my business. It’s important to talk about what you do.

13:55 The word movement can seem scary for people. We think we need to do it all ourselves, a movement is many, many parts and it’s lots of moving parts. You are the person who made the first few pushes. The Boss Mom movement is necessary for many others and there are people who will continue that and it will take a lot to stop the movement.

15:54 In the Boss Moms Facebook group, I’ve made a space where women can promote and collaborate as a think tank. You’ve got to think about what you’re creating with a Facebook group. We have a certain aspect to it and there are lots of moms who won’t resonate with Boss Mom, but I’ve created a culture that has details that people can latch on and take part in.

17:40 I have gone through overwhelm and we as humans are cyclical and I as a woman, I’m cyclical. I have a doubt at least once a week where I question what I’m doing. I just don’t know how to not do what I’m doing and because we don’t know how to do it any other way, and if I never questioned what I was doing, I would not be growing. The Matrix movie shows us that perfect isn’t great. It means we have a chance to decide what we want to pursue as we doubt.

20:09 I do live by assume positive intent. We’re in an interesting space where we are real with others. It’s also why we want to work with like money mindset coaches, because something leads to other things and words don’t always mean what we make them mean, but sometimes people just need to cancel and run because their kid got sick or something. We like discovering things about ourselves, but that also can mean that we’re scared of what we find and we need someone to walk along side us.

22:03 I’ve learned I need people. I’ve become so much clearer on how I get my energy. I need people to tell me I am doing a good job. I told my husband that we need to hug every day. I like retreats and being on podcasts because I like that interaction with people. I like being on my own discovery calls because I like to talk with people.

24:40 I don’t ever in my business want someone else to do my coaching or something for me. I recently did a podcast and I think it’s my responsibility and our responsibility to make more influencers. We should raise up and create more who can influence others. The coaching clients that I’ve had who are now influencers are a ripple effect of me and an extension of the work that I’ve done. The more that I raise others up, it always ends up benefiting both of us.

27:22 I was reading some leadership quotes from others for something we were doing and one I like was that leaders take more than their fair share of the blame and less of the acclaim. I don’t remember who said it, but I thought it was great. Of course, I want to be a Disney character and on the cover of a magazine, but I will take the blame if my team is wrong, we assess and then we move on and learn from it.

30:40 I am doing the Whole 30 Diet right now and I’m doing it because I want to expand my food choices. If I haven’t slept at night, then I wake up, play with my kids and figure out what I need to do to wake myself up whether that’s figuring out what I can move around to take a nap. It’s just not an option to be unhappy, mad, festering about something I can’t change. Assuming positive intent is something you have to practice every single day otherwise other people’s unintentional actions will bother you all the time.

34:22 What is making me happy right now: My kids are making me happy because my kids are being easier right now. I am also drawing out a funnel and that makes me really happy. The driver for me is that I need to get certain things done in my business to make this work and it’s great. I got a consulting CFO and I can see now profitability that I’ll have visibility of where I have grown and how that means I should be moving and what I can be doing to make the most sense financially.

[bctt tweet="The more that I raise others up, it always ends up benefiting both of us." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * Everyone knows the Boss Mom movement, have read their books, and you’ve seen a tremendous amount of growth in the last two years since it was started. * Launching with that is how it worked for me, it was something that I wanted to get out and it was something I wanted to get out of writing it. * In the Boss Moms Facebook group, I’ve made a space where women can promote and collaborate as a think tank. * I do live by assume positive intent. * The more that I raise others up, it always ends up benefiting both of us. * Assuming positive intent is something you have to practice every single day otherwise other people’s unintentional actions will bother you all the time.

EPISODE RESOURCES Samantha Johnston/Neapolitan Creative

Autumn Boyd - lawyer

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

CONTINUE THE PARTY WITH DANA Boss Mom website

Boss Mom Facebook group

Boss Mom Retreat

View Details

Hey gorgeous! Are you charging enough for what you're doing? Chances are, probably not. I'd love to talk you through three mindset changes you need to make to charge more and feel good about it!

IN THIS EPISODE

0:18 What excuses are you making as to why you are not charging what you should be for what you're doing? Think about it for a second - how are you justifying your not charging enough? Most women are not charging what they should be and we're over delivering and under charging. Some ladies have it and charge what they're worth, however, most are not. This is more about mindset than anything else. It has everything to do with wanting to serve and take care of our clients and customers, but often we put profitability on the back burner. We need the assurance and validation that everyone else is happy and it doesn't matter if we aren't making money.

1:47 You don't have to choose. You can have a really profitable business and have everyone happy at the same time. So when it comes to going out and charging for what you're worth, what do you do? Yes, it's an emotional roller coaster.

2:23 Can we just talk about hourly? In some cases, it does make sense. If you ever want to leverage and grow, and it's important to know what your time is worth and where is the bare base minimum? If you haven't hit that yet, you need to figure out what that is for yourself. You have to figure out how much you're making after taxes and expenses. You have to figure out what the value it is that you're providing for your clients. If they're used to the hourly amount from the beginning, you're going to have to help them adjust and understand the benefits to paying for value.

4:14 If there is a flood in your house, and you need a restoration team to come over and get the water out of your house, are you going to ask them how much they charge per hour so you can shop around to get your money's worth or are you going to shop around for value and quality?

4:58 You can apply that same idea to anything. It's about the quality, experience, and value. If you can start thinking about your time and your services and start adapting the idea that people pay you for that then you'll be better off.

5:32 The second mindset that I'd like you to have is that you are already an expert. You don't need to go to college or get a degree. I am an expert already for your experience. Another example: if you were to need surgery, would you want the guy who is 65, never graduated medical school and has been performing this surgery for 40 years. Or would you want the other guy who just graduated from Harvard with a 4.0 GPA and his only experience is from his internship. It's kind of an extreme example, but your experience matters. Yes there are people who are doing what you do and they may have more credentials but you have experience too and that matters. We learn a lot from being around the block, from every new experience we have in our industry, we learn and grow. We can continue to learn and hone our craft, the better we are to serve our clients. You don't have to wait until you are the best of the best of the best, you are valuable right now. If you can adopt the mindset that you are an expert already and that's really valuable.

8:46 Money is a gift. Money is a value exchange. It is a way that people say thank you for what you've provided. Now think about a time where you showed up someplace, maybe it was a Christmas exchange or a holiday exchange or somewhere that someone surprised you with a gift. You may have felt happy and a little guilty at the same time because you didn't have anything to repay the favor. When someone does something really amazing for you, you want to give them something in return. You don't want to be a charity case, you want to be able to repay someone for this thing. When you're setting your prices, make sure you are transparent in what you're providing and be comfortable in that. With being comfortable, you'll know the value in what you're giving in exchange for what they are paying you. When you've been waiting to buy something, and you're happy to turn over your credit card, it's the same thing.

12:34 The three mindsets: people pay me for my value, not my time. I am already an expert right now. Money is a way to say thank you for the value I provide.

12:46 If you want a little bit more in this area with your money mindset, we're doing a #moneymindset challenge around this. It's September 11. It's live coaching and will take place in the Profit Party Community. It will help you feel and think healthy about your money.

[bctt tweet="You don't have to choose. You can have a really profitable business and have everyone happy at the same time." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • What excuses are you making as to why you are not charging what you should be for what you're doing?
  • You can have a really profitable business and have everyone happy at the same time.
  • You have to figure out what the value it is that you're providing for your clients.
  • You are already an expert.
  • Money is a gift. Money is a value exchange.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

If you think you need a sales funnel, you might be right OR you might be wrong. Listen to this episode to see if you need to do more work in your business before you build a funnel and spend money on courses.

IN THIS EPISODE 0:33 Today we're going to talk about why you don't need a sales funnel. With all this talk of funnels, or if I have one more person who comes to me and says the reason why I'm not making money is that my funnels aren't working. No, there were no sales funnels 20 years ago. Before you can really implement a sales funnel is you have to have relationships, and you have to have something that people want.

1:56 It's an amazing tool to implement something that is already working. There are so many women who don't have anything to sell and they're learning how to make a funnel. And why? It's a mindset issue. It's laziness, they're afraid to have a conversation with their ideal client and find out what they really want and maybe they'll get answers they aren't prepared for.

2:55 It might mean you have to go back to the drawing board and tweak a few things. If you don't find out these things, it's like polishing a turd. If you're at this place, whether you're just starting out or you've been in business a while, you need to stop and do these three things.

3:34 Step 1: Figure out who your ideal client is - figure out everything about your ideal client is. Who is she, what does she want (this is usually not what she needs), what keeps her up at night, what is she afraid of? What is making her feel ashamed, guilty, scared, insecure? These are powerful emotions that drive people to purchase. These are feelings that are driving you to purchase course after course. Maybe you don't know where to go or who to turn to so you're investing in things to help you. If your ideal client is feeling some raw emotion, if you're able to pinpoint those and you get her, she's going to trust her. Whether it's a product, course or other offerings. You should be doing this every month as you learn more about your ideal client and you grow. Your ideal client might grow over time.

You should be doing this every month as you learn more about your ideal client and you grow. Your ideal client might grow over time. This is a growing, changing model of your ideal client.

6:36 I want you to do some real reflective work on why you want to serve this ideal client. If you're doing it just to make money, you're going to have to work a lot harder because that attitude is going to transfer. But if you're passionate about this, then people are going to be able to tell that too.

7:49 How are you going to do it differently, be able to help her and why is she going to care?

8:09 Step 2: Help them. Figure out who you're going to help and how you're going to help, then do it. Ask would you like me to tell you about my services, would you like me to tell you about my product. You have a gift, tell them about it and let them choose. But don't offer it because you have what they need and you'll feel good about it. And they'll feel good about it. Think about that when your limiting beliefs are causing you to stop.

9:35 Step 3: Rinse and repeat. Keep helping people. When you have the money flowing and you have money to work with and you build your business and you've got money to work with. With the extra money, then you reinvest that into your business. At that point, then you start thinking about sales funnels because you can. You've got a client or service that works and clientele that will give you great referrals. If you want to talk funnels, go check out Dana Malstaff or Dawn Marrs for funnels and marketing. That isn't the first step though, you have to do other things first. You have to get through the other blocks first.

11:57 Come talk to me if you want to work through money blocks. In six months from now, you'll feel like a new person with no road blocks, more confidence and limited limiting belief at the end of it. In the Profit Party Academy, we're learning the tools and the ability to move through those limiting beliefs. It's what's going to keep your empire growing and moving forward. If you want to talk to me about it, go schedule a call with me and in the mean time, do this work. Go back and relisten to this episode and do this work with your pen and paper. Meditate and tune in and listen to your body and your intuition of who you want to listen to. Why and how you want to serve them.

[bctt tweet="A sales funnel is an amazing tool to implement something that is already working." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * Before you can really implement a sales funnel is you have to have relationships, and you have to have something that people want. * It's an amazing tool to implement something that is already working. * Do these three steps before you decide to build a sales funnel.

EPISODE RESOURCES Dana Malstaff

Dawn Marrs

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

What do you do when you see things that make you fearful, when you hear things that keep you down and discouraged, and feel things that reaffirm your fear or anxiety? In this episode of the Profit Party Podcast, I address how these things you see, hear and feel are limiting beliefs and they can keep you stuck. But, I also talk about how to move past them. You need to listen to this episode.

IN THIS EPISODE

0:19 Thanks for joining me today! Today we're going to talk about how to tune into those limiting beliefs that stir up inside us and keep us from moving forward. A limiting belief is a lie we tell ourselves to keep us safe. That's a lie that tells you that it's not safe to take that next step or pitch that podcast. It's not safe to go to that event or start that business. It's not safe to put yourself out there. We could go on and on all day. There's something you know you should be doing but you can't. These limiting beliefs keep you safe and help keep you stuck in the same patterns. That's what your subconscious is trained to do.

3:12 Where do you look for these beliefs? You might see visions, it's almost like you're seeing a movie you haven't seen yet. You might start to play a movie of what might potentially go wrong. More times than not, that's a limiting belief. That's your subconscious scaring you to stay in one place and keeping you safe. Are you going to look at that movie and say, "that's not real and that's not really going to happen." Maybe you can play yourself a different movie with a happy ending instead of the horror movie that is playing in your head.

5:22 These beliefs can also come in words, the voices we hear in our head. This is the self-talk, the language that the people around us say. This is something else to be aware of is the voice of those around you when you share an idea with them if they say that it won't work or not to try that. Deep down, these are things you've also thought of before. These are things you might have told yourself that you aren't good enough, too tall enough, that it's already been done before.

And if you are telling yourself these things, these are things that you need to change what you're telling yourself right now. Flip the script. If you're telling yourself that it's already been done before, instead tell yourself that it hasn't been done the way you're doing it. If you're telling yourself you're not enough, tell yourself that yes you are. You are enough. Find those reasons you are enough right now. Change those negative thoughts to something positive. Both what you're telling yourself and what you're allowing others to tell you.

8:59 The last way you'll notice these limits in emotions. As soon as you start to feel anxiety, nerves, and fear, what do you do? That's the make or break and what is different with successful people - they feel the fear and they do it anyway. Our mind will tell us not to take that step, but when you do it anyway, then your mind will know that you can do it anyway. This becomes a way to condition your mind for success. You're able to tell your limits that they are wrong and you are right. You start to move past those limiting beliefs. You have to tune in and listen to what you're allowing others to say in your life and little by little, you can start to change these.

11:40 There is still something to be said about intuition. What I'm telling you here is not telling you to ignore your intuition, but there is a difference between listening to your limits, and your intuition. If you tune into yourself, you'll learn how to differentiate between your fear and your intuition.

12:38 If you need help with this, I'm your girl. This is what the Profit Party Academy is all about. It's about building a strong business through utilizing tools that I'll teach you as you stretch outside of your comfort zone, help you grow your business to a level of success and if you want to learn more, head to the Profit Party Academy and schedule a time to talk with me.

[bctt tweet="Successful people - they feel the fear and they do it anyway." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • A limiting belief is a lie we tell ourselves to keep us safe.
  • The three places to look in your life to change your limiting beliefs.
  • Reassess what you're telling yourself and what you're allowing others to tell you.
  • Successful people - they feel the fear and they do it anyway.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

What does S&M have to do with your money relationship? A whole lot more than what you would think. Join me to talk about S&M and getting comfy with your money. Because we all want to have a good relationship with money.

IN THIS EPISODE

0:20 Are you into S&M? WHAT! Yes, we are talking about S&M. But about money. It has a lot more to do with money than you think. S&M (Servant and Master) is deriving pleasure from pain. If you've seen 50 Shades of Gray, you know what I'm talking about. If you haven't, you need to see it because it's amazing.

1:16 It's not about the orgasm, it's an emotional release of sorts. That's the interesting thing about money, in the long run, what we do with money, we get pleasure from that release that lights us up. It's the release of letting go of the control of money in that moment when we buy something. Either way, it's pleasure seeking and pain avoidance in the moment.

2:29 You are a dominant when it comes to money - you most likely spend because you like to feel in control of money. You save to watch that money grow. You are obsessive with your retirement savings. You might not have other things in your life under control but you get a rush when you open your spreadsheet. You might cut coupons like it's your job. The mindset around a money dominant is that there's never enough. There's a fear that there's not enough money. This can happen even if someone is making 6 or 7 figures. There is a lot of fear around this because the dominant worries about stocks bombing or money running out. When they sit down to look at their spreadsheets or their portfolio, that allows release from those fears and worries.

5:18 The submissive when it comes to money, if this is you, you probably don't have a clue of what the balance is in your checkbook. All that other stuff I just said you're like ewww. You hope there's enough in the bank so you swipe that credit card because girl, it feels good. I'm not even going to worry about what's in the bank. And I'm going to spend my abundance allowance. You let others manage your money, maybe a spouse or a partner or bookkeeper. You may even avoid opening bills. The pain for you that you're avoiding is that responsibility. You're avoiding it because it's suffocating and you're afraid of the consequences and how much is actually in the bank. When you get real with it, it hurts. Deep down you know what's going on and it's a constant source of pain for you. In the moment, when you're choosing not to take responsibility, you're afraid it's not enough. I'm laughing because that was me. I've been there and it's like I'm talking to myself 10 years ago. When you spend, it's freeing to not have to worry about the money.

8:36 Do you notice a similarity here? The dominant and the submissive - what they both crave is freedom from the mindset that is causing worry and fear. They want to feel comfortable when it comes to money. The only way they know how to be comfortable is to control or to spend.

9:10 So is that healthy? It could be if you've got a nice balance. In the S&M relationship, if you both agree. In money, if you're in a relationship if one person is the submissive and one person is the dominant then it can work. In the years that I've done this, that's not usually the case. There's usually one person dominant and one is neutral or they are both on one side of an extreme. Go back to your parents or your childhood and what you're around. Or you can name friends behaviors.

10:44 The important thing is to realize which one are you. Is the pleasure you're getting momentarily by causing yourself long-term pain serving you? You get to decide what this means for you. The first step is awareness. If you're aware of the results that are no longer serving you, then you can make a conscious decision to change. Whether it's in this moment or a month from now, it's up to you. When you create a healthy money mindset, you'll be free and comfortable. It doesn't happen just when you're being dominant or submissive, it will happen all the time. We live in an abundant universe and there's enough for everyone. You can stop worrying about bills and writing checks, whether the stock market will drop. You'll have feelings of comfort and abundance. Do your homework - it's as simple as reflecting on this a little bit. You're going to come back to this and say which one am I. And you'll come back to this. On the daily, start paying attention to what you think or feel when you engage in these behaviors.

[bctt tweet="Which one are you in money, the dominant or the submissive? S&M plays a bigger role in money than you think." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • It's pleasure seeking and pain avoidance in the moment.
  • Which one are you in money, the dominant or the submissive? S&M plays a bigger role in money than you think.
  • The dominant and the submissive - what they both crave is freedom from the mindset that is causing worry and fear.
  • The important thing is to realize which one are you. Is the pleasure you're getting momentarily by causing yourself long-term pain serving you?

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Do you believe in coincidences or do you think random things just happen? In this episode, I am talking about coincidences, or in my opinion, the universe talking to you. Join the conversation with me.

IN THIS EPISODE

0:17 Do you believe in coincidences? Are the things that happen around us coincidence or is it our inner guidance system telling us we're going to be ok? Or gently nudging us to get back on our path?

0:58 The other day I was having kind of a funky day and I was all in my head. I had a conversation with my husband but at a point, he said he wasn't sure what was happening in my head. I felt better after talking to him, but still a little bit in my head. I decided to submerse myself in cooking dinner and turn on the radio. I turned on Pandora and the song on the radio was Christina Perry's 1,000 Years. My husband looked at me and noticed it. That's the song I played at my stepmother's funeral and I'm choosing to believe that's her saying that you're doing enough.

2:42 I want to know, is it just me that this happens to all the time? Like angel numbers. There are some days when I am in my head and in a funk. So I asked in the Profit Party and got an "oh yeah." It's like someone from the other side who has passed on is saying "I love you." Or it's a sign from the universe, your energy, a hug from a higher being that says "you're okay."

4:59 When you stop believing these things are not coincidences, you start believing that everything has a purpose. It's not just something that happens, it's a sign. It's telling you something and if you tune in and listen, you'll know what that message is. It's always the exact thing you need to hear in that time.

6:04 So I want to know, what is your sign. Is it you seeing a cardinal all those times? Is it a butterfly? Or is it random things that happen when they need to?

6:37 Do you believe that the whole universe is conspiring for you? Hop over to the Profit Party community and let's talk about it. If you know someone who needs to hear this message, forward it over to her. Let her hear that she too is enough and she's doing everything she needs to.

[bctt tweet="When you stop believing these things are not coincidences, you start believing that everything has a purpose." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Do you believe in coincidences?
  • I have signs from the universe all the time.
  • When you stop believing these things are not coincidences, you start believing that everything has a purpose.
  • Do you believe that the whole universe is conspiring for you

EPISODE RESOURCES

Episode 030 - What Are Angel Numbers?

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

The universe only knows yes. But what does that mean? It means that the universe agrees with the vibrations you're putting out. So how do you change that? Well listen to this podcast and allow me to explain it to you.

IN THIS EPISODE

0:18 You know that your words have a profound effect on creating the reality you desire, but it's more than just words, it's telling the universe what you desire. You can tell people that you want more money but your vibrations are not sending out that same message to the universe. If you say that you can't afford it or you feel poor and you're living in lack, well honey, that's what you're going to get.

1:25 Your vibration attracts what you want. if you want something, you need to change your vibration. The universe only knows yes, and it has to agree with the vibration that you are putting out.

2:20 If you consistently say you're broke or you are using coupons and scrimping, the universe is going to say yes, you're right, one order of poverty coming up. This also can take place if you say you're not enough, you're now successful, you feel like it's never going to happen for you - the universe is going to agree with you because the universe only knows yes.

3:59 What are you vocalizing and what are you putting out? So many times we think it's just the words and we start on the affirmation train. "I am abundant." "I am rich." You think that's going to work and every guru tells me it's going to change things. What that's going to do is bring your go to responses to the surface and it will help you realize what you're thinking. That's what we want to get to, is the core of the belief. Imagine it like an onion, the skin is the words we use every day. Then we get to the next layer and that emotion that causes us to think a certain way. If we feel happy, we'll say happy words, if we feel negative, then we'll think negative thoughts and what comes out is negative thoughts. All that happens and that's where money blocks come from.

7:55 The negativity in your money mindset comes through in your excuses as to why you're not talking to the person who is a perfect collaborator, or not reaching out to the right people. That stems from a limiting belief. The words are good, but you really have to dive in and change your thoughts, and the thoughts are where the belief is and the belief is what is communicating to the universe.

9:08 If you believe you are amazing, the universe will agree with you and continue to send you clients that think you're amazing. It will send you PR spots and others who are great collaborators. Your energy will attract people who agree with you. The more it happens, the more you will believe in it. The easier it will be to maintain positive thoughts around it and your words will affect that.

10:30 If you're starting to make changes, start with your words and your thoughts and then your beliefs. The feelings, the thoughts, and the words will start to reflect your thoughts. It all starts with awareness. With you paying attention and flip the switch to become a conscious being. Slow down and pay attention today. Watch what happens. What you've created is a result of those beliefs.

If you're trying to grow your business and change your mindset then we need to talk. This changing your thoughts is the foundation of a great business. We do have the Profit Party Academy opening again and we should schedule a talk. Either way, take these tools because you deserve to have what you want.

[bctt tweet="It all starts with awareness. With you paying attention and becoming a conscious being to what you are putting out." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • It's more than just words, it's telling the universe what you desire.
  • The universe only knows yes, and it has to agree with the vibration that you are putting out.
  • What that's going to do is bring your go to responses to the surface and it will help you realize what you're thinking.
  • If you're starting to make changes, start with your words and your thoughts and then your beliefs.
  • It all starts with awareness. With you paying attention and becoming a conscious being to what you are putting out.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

We've all been there - days where you're going along doing your thing, running your business and then you have an encounter that makes you SO mad. What do you do? How do you respond when you get stuck in the rut of negativity?

IN THIS EPISODE

0:34 Today we're talking about what to do when you're having a bad day. You have a business to run, your kids are driving you nuts and you just got off a bad phone call. It happens. You're not alone. Even those of us who have the tools to keep a positive mindset have a bad day.

1:26 There's going to be people who suck your energy that put you in a bad mood.

1:40 This is about arming you with the skills to shift your focus so you don't let others ruin your day. I'm not going to let it ruin my mood or my productivity. Here are 3 things to do when you have a negative encounter.

2:32 Take 5-minutes to be mad. I personally have a heavy bag and I love my heavy bag because I can go and beat this thing. It doesn't take 5 minutes but give yourself the full time to acknowledge it. After that, move your thoughts to something else. You can say "yes, I'm acknowledging this, but this is why I still like this person." What this is going to do is help to make the shift. You can find what you appreciate about the person. If you're really struggling, shift to something different instead of thinking about that person. Let yourself go on this rampage of happy thoughts. If your thoughts drift to negative thoughts, allow yourself to gently shift back to neutral thoughts.

6:15 You can certainly change your state. Changing your state will allow you to be in control. It's impossible to be in a bad mood if you're standing like superwoman. If you stand in a power pose, your body and mind will respond. This stance will help you get your mojo back and flip the switch on your bad day.

8:02 You can also change your environment. If you're surrounded and immersed in an environment where you can't even hear yourself think, take a 5-minute walk where you go through positive thoughts. It` will give you your energy back.

[bctt tweet="="Equip yourself with the tools to #fliptheswitch on your bad day." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Today we're talking about what to do when you're having a bad day.
  • There's going to be people who suck your energy that put you in a bad mood.
  • Take 5-minutes to be mad. Let yourself feel those emotions.
  • Let yourself go on this rampage of happy thoughts.
  • You can certainly change your state.
  • You can also change your environment.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Tonya answers a question from a listener in this episode relating to pricing your first offering and how mindset has a lot to do with how your price yourself and your offerings.

Do you have the same question about how you should price your offerings? Listen now for some great tips!

IN THIS EPISODE

0:17 Are you ready for some Q & A today? I had a listener send in a question today and it felt wrong to not share it with you because it was SO good. The question is about creating your offer and it had so many mindset issues in it that I had to bullet point each thought.

1:36 You can do this and you can start making money doing something you love in your business.

1:46 Her question is: I'm not sure how to structure my offering. My main thing is that I love recording music, but when I think of "selling" my music, I think of being forced to go on tour to make money (ugghh!) Having to give away all my songs (or they get pirated) or charging like $5000 per song which I am not sure why someone would pay that especially since I am not a custom songwriter or a wedding songwriter. Also, when I gave followers a survey they said they wanted to collab with me (um..not interested!) The songs pick me and I just fulfill the calling. Not sure how to price and package or even how to offer. I am learning how to market myself but am unsure what to charge except for merchandise which would require tons of work and drop shipping web design etc. How can I think differently about this? Thanks!

2:46 Let's break this down. One of the first things in here is the word "forced" to go on tour. Anything that's going to cause you to feel forced will take away your freedom. If you're feeling forced in your business, that is a red flag that something needs to be reevaluated and you need to restructure something.

4:05 You put "selling" in quotes. The ideas of selling feels icky and slimy to you. You haven't come to grips with the fact that buying and selling is an energetic exchange. You will happily spend money on something else, not music since that's what you do, but you're willing to pay for something. Well someone else will get that same joy and pleasure out of paying for your music. There is a result that someone desires and these results are always emotional. People want things because of the way they make them feel. If this is new for you, pay attention, do you have a car you love? How did that make you feel to drive away from the dealership with that car? What is the last thing you bought that really lit you up? Those responses are what someone else gets when they buy your music. When you think about robbing them of that feeling when they buy your music.

6:49 You worry about someone stealing your music. News flash - there will always be someone out there who will steal your stuff. I have it happen all the time but I've learned to flip the switch and take that as a compliment. You can take confidence in the fact that people are copying you and you are ahead of them and you've created things they are waiting to copy. You are operating from a scarcity mindset when you don't create something because someone might steal your music. Allowing yourself to release that negativity and focusing on the ones who are buying your stuff and are waiting, ready to buy what you have to offer. There will be a day when you are able to hire people to take care of the copy cats.

9:16 Let's talk about the price point aspect of this question. I'd love to tell you there is a magic formula, but there's not. What there is instead, is a confidence in the price you pick. Think about what you need to make to survive, the love and effort that you've put into your music. I'm sure you've looked at the process of getting royalties from a song and it's not cheap or easy. If there is someone who has money and wants to have custom music to use for their podcast or to march out onto the stage. At the end of the day, a $5,000 song is way more cost effective than paying royalties every time you use a song. Especially if you're marketing your music to the right audience.

11:33 If you identify your ideal customer avatar, you know what keeps them up at night, what their emotions are and you are able to speak to that with the right type of music, even with charging $5,000 will be okay to them.

12:21 When you say, "I am not a custom songwriter or a wedding music writer". Who you were in the past does not dictate who you are in the future. You are able to choose what you are capable of in the future. I want you to start saying to yourself that you are a songwriter. If that's too much for you, start saying you are choosing to be a custom songwriter. Identify who you are. Write it everywhere and start saying mantras to yourself. Anything you want to be, you can be, you have to believe it first.

14:28 You aren't interested in collaborations. That's what your current audience wants, so maybe you can start there. People, if they want to collaborate with you, want your creativity, and get in that zone. Collaborations could be coaching, checking their work or helping to teach others on their creativity. You could mentor them for a fee. Make a list of all the things you're really, really amazing at and ask your audience if they struggle with those things. If your zone of genius matches their struggles, then you can make money doing that.

17:15 Merchandise - if that's something you are not interested in because of the amount of work, you can stick a pin in it and ask for help later on down the road. You can work with someone to have them build your website, handle the drop shipping and the inventory.

18:30 All these things you want to do, you can do them and they all have a place in your life. As entrepreneurs, we often have squirrel syndrome of what we need to get done. It's all doable, think about how you can start applying these mindset offers to your business and you can make money and everyone wins!

If you want to leave a question for Tonya, you can leave her a voice mail or send her an email at hello@tonyarineer.com

[bctt tweet="I'd love to tell you there is a magic formula to price your offerings, but there's not. Instead, check out these tips." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Tonya answers a listener's question during the podcast.
  • You can do this and you can start making money doing something you love in your business.
  • You haven't come to grips with the fact that buying and selling is an energetic exchange.
  • There will always be someone out there who will steal your stuff.
  • I'd love to tell you there is a magic formula to price your offerings, but there's not.
  • You could create mentoring options for your audience for a fee.
  • It's all doable, think about how you can start applying these mindset offers to your business and you can make money and everyone wins!

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

It's important to make money goals a priority in business for four different reasons - find out why in this episode with guest host Tara Bosler. Tara and her daughter have been working hard to create and meet money goals in their lives and Tara has a great testimony to share with you.

IN THIS EPISODE

1:12 Money goals are super important. We pick a number, but often we don't really know why we pick that number.

1:33 There are four things that money goals do: They give you a reason why you want to earn money. When you give your money purpose, it gives your subconscious a reason why you're doing something.

3:44 It helps you to connect to your why. When you're emotionally connected to it, it makes a difference in your feelings towards money.

4:26 Money goals are a great way to come together as a family and a team. Whether it's manifesting together, imagine it's boosting your power together.

5:16 It allows you to connect emotion to that goal when you hit a goal. You have to make sure you strive to hit that goal. Creating a money goal also allows you to celebrate your wins as you reach each goal.

7:48 Tara's process started because she needed a way to explain to her daughter about making money and needing to work. Instead of making it taking time away from her daughter, she made it something that was good for her daughter. They made a chart and set money goals. They decide together what it is that they're going to do together once they hit that money goal.

10:49 Most of our money stories are imprinted before the age of 7. It's amazing to see how together you're learning those things.

12:14 If you don't set money increments that are achievable, you'll experience boredom. Celebrating that abundance allows you to splurge. If you don't stop and celebrate, you'll stop looking for more which puts you in a scarcity mindset.

14:26 If you're getting ready to make goals, start small. Tara celebrated the number of clients at the beginning of making money goals. Find something that you can attach a value to and make a chart of things that you want to celebrate. You'll want to start attaching those things to cash and once you feel that, you can move forward and attach money goals to that.

16:42 Too often people say you don't make any money in the first year of your business, but there is still money coming in and once you have money coming in you need to start working on those money blocks and making monetary goals. You don't have to struggle for the first year of business. Bringing your family into that will give you encouragement and support. They're rooting for you.

19:03 Make it fun. When it's a have to thing, it's not fun. When it's a want to thing, then it becomes fun and changes the energy around the money and the business.

[bctt tweet="Money goals are important - find out the four ways they enhance your life now!" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Money goals are super important.
  • There are four things that money goals do.
  • Creating a money goal also allows you to celebrate your wins as you reach each goal.
  • If you don't set money increments that are achievable, you'll experience boredom.
  • Make fulfilling money goals fun.

EPISODE RESOURCES

How to Manifest More Money This Month

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

CONTINUING THE PARTY WITH TARA

  1. Bosler Writing website

View Details

Do you still love what you're doing? Do you still love your business? What do you do if you've fallen out of love with your business? What would happen if you flip your mindset about your business if you have fallen out of love with it? Explore this topic with me in this episode.

IN THIS EPISODE

0:16 I'd love to know how you're feeling about your business right now. Do you love it? Are you over it? What happens when you fall out of love with it? It's totally normal for entrepreneurs to switch businesses because we're multi-passionate. People normally switch jobs and as entrepreneurs, it's easier to do that.

1:50 What do you do when you have already put elbow grease and time and effort into a business that you've fallen out of love with? I recently had lunch with a fellow entrepreneur and he was a man. I was very interested in the way he looked at things. He said that he couldn't rob others from having that ability to use his business. It has become a passive stream of income for him and he's got others managing the business.

I've found out this same thing as I've been passing off my interior design company. I've lost passion for it, but I've allowed others to manage and love my business that I've built.

3:40 If you are in that place where you feel yourself losing the passion for your business, ask yourself if there is someone else who can do this. Before you think about how you can't manage a team, you can't handle it, think about it for a minute. It's kind of like raising kids. My 21 year old just bought his first house and moved out and while I'm sad about it, I'm also proud of myself for raising a kid who is independent and can buy his own home at 21. What you want for your kids is to have them be independent and flourish. It's a very liberating and prideful feeling. Doing this same thing with my design company, it's kind of the same feeling.

6:20 I've had a few people wondering about this topic and some are wanting to shift models in their coaching or MLM company. Some people are wanting to know how to move and shift passions and the answer is to slowly and gently bring in someone else to take over. Do you know of someone who would love your business the way you do? Do a trial run and share your mission and values for your business. Share that with them and allow them to love your business the way you do.

8:30 That's a little bit of a mindset shift. Give yourself permission to think about your business this way. If you're feeling pulled in a different direction, there's a reason for it. And I'm saying passion, not fear. There's a reason for that. It's because you're being led into that so you can serve your purpose in this life. If you listen to that intuition, amazing things happen. And if you listen to that passion and hand over your business, passive income things happen.

[bctt tweet="I've lost passion for it, but I've allowed others to manage and love my business that I've built." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • What do you do when you have already put elbow grease and time and effort into a business that you've fallen out of love with?
  • I've lost passion for it, but I've allowed others to manage and love my business that I've built.
  • Ask yourself if there is someone else who can do this.
  • Do you know of someone who would love your business the way you do?
  • Give yourself permission to think about your business as something you only manage.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Today's guest, Nathalie Lussier, is passionate about helping others find their passion and make an impact in the world. She has made some big goals to help others and is talking about them today.

Nathalie has helped many companies generate millions of dollars on a national and international scale by promoting a change in mentality within team management and teaching techniques to do the right things at the right time efficiently and thus achieve goals.

Nathalie was very successful in the corporate world, though something was missing. Like many other people she wasn’t feeling fulfilled. She decided to leave the corporate world and with a career objective of being able to help people maximize their skills. By combining all the elements of the tools and knowledge she has acquired during her career she can put it to use on a larger scale.

Entrepreneur and founder of Nathalie Lussier Impact, Nathalie offers people from anywhere in the world the ability to awaken their passions for them to live the life they have dreamed of and to stay completely connected.

She also works with other conscious entrepreneurs who have a deep desire to live their passions as well as having a positive social impact, all while generating an income they have set without sacrificing their relationships and free time. To help these heart centered entrepreneur to spread their message to the world, she created a very successful program Connect, Serve & Make Money.

IN THIS EPISODE

3:35 Nathalie worked for many years in corporate business and ended up getting burned out. While she was working with people in corporate business on their separate passion projects, she saw that they loved the independent projects. This led her to want to encourage that love and that's when her entrepreneurship journey started. Her goal is to inspire 10,000 people which is what led her to start the Do What You Really Love! summit.

6:59 She says everyone has a passion. You can find your passion. To Nathalie, the definition of the word passion is if you're passionate about something, it means to build a life that you want. You will have a bunch of elements in life and you can follow those to find the true path to purpose.

10:06 Your passions will change throughout life. Think about all the proponents that create your life and write down what you're passionate about. Think about it as "when my life is ideal, I am having __________." You don't want to create something you don't want to live out.

11:30 Intention, attention and no tension. The power of intention and being clear about what you want. Once you find your passion, set the intention and become clear about what you want. Attention - take actions to getting to where you want. No tension - there is a force that will help you get where you want to be. Nathalie says her way of living is to set her attention for what she wants or something better.

16:25 You need to focus on what you really want in life because there is so many distractions in life. Nathalie ranks her passions and uses her top 5 passions which guide her. She uses her passions to filter her life. If choices don't match up with her passions, she won't do things.

19:10 If you have a passion, it's because there's something there that you can build a business around. There is a niche or a market for it. By telling yourself that there is business, you need to not tell yourself that, but go back and set an intention around that business idea. You create what you want to create in your life.

21:42 The Do What You Really Love! has a lot of great people joining Nathalie on her summit. Her criteria for her contributors have gone through very painful things and who have come through them and overcome those to live the dream they want. With their stories, they've built what they want to have.

25:31 We are in the world to make an impact, don't let go of the dream to make an impact. Ask for help. Because we need to be together. The power and energy we have right now on the planet are about co-creation and if we are together, we can move mountains.

[bctt tweet="Passion is like bread crumbs that guide you to your true purpose." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Nathalie's goal is to inspire 10,000 people which is what led her to start the Do What You Really Love! summit.
  • Passion is like bread crumbs that guide you to your true purpose.
  • She says everyone has a passion.
  • Intention, attention and no tension
  • You need to focus on what you really want in life because there is so many distractions in life.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Episode 004: Why you need a Do Not List

Do What You Really Love! Summit *affiliate link

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

CONTINUE THE PARTY WITH NATHALIE

Nathalie Lussier Impact Facebook page

View Details

Have you ever felt like you're in a creative slump, stuck or spinning on a hamster wheel? This process from Priceline.com founder, Jeff Hoffman, will get your creative sparks ignited again.

IN THIS EPISODE

0:21 Do you ever find yourself in a creative slump, feeling stagnant and on a hamster wheel unsure of where to start. You also might find yourself wanting to learn something new.

1:14 Jeff Hoffman is one of the original founders of Priceline.com. He shared with a mastermind I was a part of how he does info spunging. He spends 20 minutes a day learning and checking in on things happening in the world outside of his business industry. He then looks at the list and looks to see what he can learn and apply from the list. If he can't apply anything, he files it away for later notice. Once you take in information, it's stored in your memory and subconscious.

3:13 When you learn about it, file it away and you do this enough, you'll find that you actually start connecting the dots of what you've learned. Jeff has a Ted Talk on and part of it shares this technique. When you info sponge, you'll find that you will be inspired and you'll actually start taking notes and you're mind mapping and it will get you out of your slump.

Boredom is an emotion and if you check out the emotional scale from episode 50 and the simple art of immersing yourself into someone else's business, it will help you move into a higher emotional scale. We all get into those times when we're not creating, but as entrepreneurs, you are an innovative creator and that is what you do best.

5:47 Something else I love to do is to read on things that apply not just to my field of mindset but into other realms like business. One of the books I just read was The Art of Mental Training and how a coach uses it for his athletes. Even though it was in the sports realm, it was still mindset. What I find is that when I learn more about mindset and relationships, I can bring it back to business and apply it to the work I do with clients.

7:57 I would love for you to spend time learning about other industries, what you're going to find is some sparks clicking and creativity returning.

8:30 Spend some time and info sponge it girl. See what you can come up with and create something new and beautiful for the world because we love you and we need you.

[bctt tweet="We need those creative sparks because you are an innovative creator and that is what you do best." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Do you ever find yourself in a creative slum?
  • Jeff Hoffman shared with a mastermind I was a part of how he does info spunging.
  • When you learn about it, file it away and you do this enough, you'll find that you actually start connecting the dots of what you've learned.
  • Spend some time and info sponge it girl.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Jeff Hoffman

The Art of Mental Training

Episode 50 - Navigating the Emotional Guidance Scale

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

There's nothing wrong with giving, but when you find yourself depleted, exhausted and empty, you have given too much. Let's set some boundaries and prepare you to say no.

IN THIS EPISODE

0:24 This is a special episode going out to my givers. I know that's you. You're the type of woman who gives and gives and gives without taking anything in return. You give to those closest to you, strangers and others in your life. The thing is, if you're not careful and don't establish boundaries in a healthy way, this can make you feel like you're being taken advantage of, or resentful of your clients or yourself.

2:10 This is a mindset and there are things you can do to protect your energy and yourself.

2:23 There's nothing wrong with giving, but it has to come from a feel good place and when giving is a gift, it has to feel good. But when you're giving when you don't want to, it gives you negative feelings. And more negative feelings will make it easier for others to take advantage of you.

3:15 We need to draw that line in the sand and that line is invisible so we have to teach others where the line is. We have to be selfish in a nice way. We're taught to not be selfish, but when you have nothing to give, then you don't have anything for them. If someone asks you for something, start here:

4:15 If someone asks you for something, whether it's time or a favor or money, and you're not really sure what to say, start here: say "let me get back to you." That will buy you time and you can think it over. If you are saying yes, ask yourself if you're saying yes out of guilt, does it feel good that you're doing it, is it in your zone of genius or are you doing it to shut them up or helping them. Is this ask bringing you towards your goals or away from them? Is it in line with your values and your zone of genius? If the answer to these is yes, then do it because it feels good. If not, then say no. Remember no is a complete sentence but sometimes we feel like we need to justify that answer.

6:25 I'm going to give you a few scripts to help you say no gently.

If you don't have the time: "Thank you so much for asking. I'm excited and I'd love to help out with this opportunity, but right now I need to say no, but I'd love to help you in another way. Can I share it with someone else who might be interested?"

When someone asks to pick your brain: "Thank you for your interest in wanting to meet me, (or I'm flattered that you want to ask questions) but I don't have the time right now but I have a lot of great resources that I can point you to."

7:56 I have a girl in the Academy who had a friend that had asked for help. She kept avoiding talking with her and when we dug into it, she said she would have to do research because it's not her zone of genius. So what to do you do in that situation? They are coming to you because they trust you. So you have to educate them.

"Thank you so much for thinking of me and I'd love to help, this particular ask is not in my zone of genius, however, I have someone who I think could help you, would you like me to make that introduction?"

9:51 What about something that is out of scope? When you're working with a client and you've got a contract or an agreement. Maybe they don't remember or they didn't pay attention to that and now it's your job to remind them. You can say:

"I'm glad that you're excited about the work we're doing together, and I'm glad you want to move forward and add more, this is outside the scope of our original agreement, do you want to set up a call to talk about adding more?"

12:03 Start practicing this and remember to start with "let me get back with you" and that will give you time to think about it, listen to this episode and revisit the scripts. And if it's helpful, let us know! Hop over to the Profit Party Community or leave a review on ITunes.

[bctt tweet=" This is a special episode going out to my givers. I know that's you." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • There's nothing wrong with giving, but it has to come from a feel good place and when giving is a gift, it has to feel good.
  • We have to be selfish in a nice way.
  • I'm going to give you a few scripts to help you say no gently.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Productivity is important in business and that's why today I'm going to share seven productivity tips with you to get more done in less time.

IN THIS EPISODE

0:20 You clicked on this episode, which must mean you want more productivity and get more work done. You want more time to do those things you love and you want to be able to shut work off at the end of the day. And you were focused and intentional. When there are a million things to do, you feel like you're stretched thin and your to do list looks like a 5-year-old's Christmas list. You have to be in the mindset of 'I'm going to get this done.'

1:33 I'm going to share with you seven things to help you get things done. Recently I let my calendar get out of control and I felt like I wasn't showing up for my clients, my Academy students, and my family. I had to put some systems in place and they're so simple you can put them into place right now.

Look at your calendar, if your calendar is crazy, you might need to wait a few weeks to do this. Look at the tasks in your calendar and chunk your tasks. If you're recording podcasts, can you set aside one day a month or a week so you can do all of them at the same time.

3:36 When you switch tasks, and you go to something else, switching tasks burns your energy because your brain has to keep up. If you chunk your time, you'll be able to switch to a few things, instead of a million in one day.

4:37 Use a timer - I use the Miracle Cube and each side has a different number or timer. It matches your calendar and you can set your time and when the timer is up, you're done with the task. It forces you to get your task done in the set amount you give yourself. You'll train yourself to get your tasks done and you'll learn to love it.

6:07 Turn off all your notifications. Turn off your Facebook messenger, your Instagram notifications, your email and your phone. Tell your kids that you're working so they aren't disturbing you.

7:05 Schedule response times in your calendar. You can do every day or three times a week. You can set an amount of time to respond to social media messages or emails and you know that you'll answer someone. There is an expectation that if people send you emails or messages, they will get an instantaneous response. Well, people need to understand you're running a business and when you're done with the other things that need to get done, you'll answer them. You can change your voice mail, your out of office messages for email and text messages. You'll provide peace of mind for yourself and them.

9:42 Drown out the distractions. If you find that noise pulls your focus, get some noise canceling headphones and put on music or white noise to keep you focused and help you not being distracted.

10:54 Outsource. If you haven't hired yet, hire your kids or the neighbor. There is something that you're doing that you don't need to be doing. I always thought I had to be a do-it yourselfer and what I'm learning is that they're so much better at this than I am. There are certain things that I like and that I'm good at, but it gives peace of mind that I don't have to do it all. Pick one thing and do a short-term trial period to try it out. You can have someone mow your lawn, do your laundry or schedule your social media. Yes, it's an expense and a hard pill to swallow, but it will make you feel financially abundant and it will start paying off. If you want to leverage and you want to be able to sit down and have supper with your family, you've got to start putting some of the systems in place.

15:06 This is the time, let's get this going and take steps to move forward in your business.

[bctt tweet="Follow these 7 steps to move your business forward, in less time." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Follow these 7 steps to move your business forward, in less time.
  • You have to be in the mindset of 'I'm going to get this done.'
  • Take control of your calendar.
  • Time chunk.
  • Set a timer.
  • Schedule response times in your calendar.
  • Turn off notifications.
  • Get rid of distractions.
  • Outsource.

EPISODE RESOURCES

The Miracle Cube timer

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Let's talk about getting things done. Are you living a "someday" life? Before we answer that question, I want you to answer this question: When I _________, then I'll __________. What are the first few things you think of? Hop on in to find out what to do with this.

IN THIS EPISODE

0:42 What are you putting off and procrastinating about? What are you freaking out about? What is it that's stopping you from doing what you want?

1:18 I hear all the time when I get more experience, I'll pitch a podcast. Or when I have more time, I'll write that book, I'll plan that retreat. When I do this, I'll do this.

2:41 What are you putting off? What if tomorrow never comes or you don't get that chance with someone? When tomorrow comes and life keeps piling up and you never really get a hold of your calendar. What do you need to do today to make a change that you will be proud of? That one baby step change that will get you to a level 10 on the emotional scale that will make you unstoppable.

5:09 I challenge you to make a commitment to do one thing because making a commitment releases dopamine, the hormone that gives you a rush. Go on Facebook, make a phone call, make the commitment and share it with someone.

6:42 When you tell someone about the commitment, you create a bond and release oxytocin. And then you have an accountability partner.

7:13 What happens when you win? You release more dopamine and when you celebrate together, you release more oxytocin. That's why it's important to take one step.

7:30 We are getting high on these chemicals at this party. That's why it's important to take one step that will get you to the level 10. You can continue to get rushes of feel good feelings and that's how you get it done. It takes the scary out of it and makes it easy and prevents you from living a "someday" life.

9:18 Let's do this together. I'd love to encourage you and be your cheerleader. Come over and share in the Profit Party Facebook group.

[bctt tweet="That one baby step change that will make you unstoppable." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • That one baby step change that will make you unstoppable.
  • I challenge you to make a commitment.
  • Let's do this together.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Episode 50 - Navigating the Emotional Guidance Scale

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

When you want to grow your business, you need to build the know, like and trust factor. Our guest today is someone who helps business owners to hone their speaking skills and create effective speeches.

Carrie Sharpe is a Communication Consultant and Speaker at He says, She says. She has been married to her husband, Ryan, for over nineteen years. They have five children, including twin daughters.

Carrie believes that the foundation of every great relationship is effective communication, so she loves to help people overcome communication challenges and strengthen their relationships. She coaches clients in public speaking, marriage and family communication, workplace communication, and pageant interview skills.

Carrie earned her degree in Political Science and Psychology from Lake Superior State University. She homeschools her children full-time, and she runs her communication business from home. She is a Huffington Post Contributor and has been quoted in a variety of publications. Carrie has spoken across the United States and Canada about marriage, relationships, and communication skills.

IN THIS EPISODE

2:08 Carrie's fun fact is that she's worn a dirndl multiple times.

4:22 Confidence and comfortability is important when you are married and sharing a conversation. While someone may need to speak to their husband or someone else, it's a lot easier to talk to a third party about the problems instead of talking with that person about what's bothering you. You have to be courageous enough to get vulnerable. You have to be courageous to get vulnerable.

8:55 If there are brain patterns of having anxiety, getting yelled at, negative experiences, from the past, you have to work through those emotions and deal with them. There are mindset issues you have to walk through. In coaching, Carrie works through these emotions differently depending on what she's coaching on.

9:09 If it's a public speaking coaching, I try to get them to switch their mind from feeling scared to feeling excited. I tell them to say "I'm so excited to share this," "I'm so excited."

9:52 If it's networking, a lot of that fear comes from them not being comfortable with what they're selling. If I get them to understand that what they're selling is helpful and useful to their audience.

10:31 Change the brain. It's all about what you're telling yourself. If you're telling yourself that people are going to hate what you're offering, telling yourself that you hate this. If you change the story then you can change the outcome.

12:13 Start with a one on one conversation at a networking event. Instead of seeing the crowd, see a person you can talk to. If you do that, you'll get better results because you're building that relationship. Conversation starts can be asking good questions of someone. They feel like they can connect with you and they'll sing your praise. That will make them feel comfortable and you can build the conversation off of the answers they give. Names are really important to remember and if I say them during the conversation, it helps me feel important and remember the person's name.

20:23 What I hear from people is I know I need to speak and get my message out, but I don't know what to talk about. So I first dig into what they're already talking about and then we work on that message. So many times we're asked a few questions frequently. You find what you're most excited and passionate about are what you can develop into a message. Then there are other fears that are developed and questions that come up. That's when having a coach is helpful. We work on an outline for the talk and find an outcome for that talk. We set things up to support that one topic and it's 3-5 bullet points and every point needs a story. Stories are what make you human and what allows you to be human and memorable. Keep it simple and narrow down on one particular thing.

26:51 We know so much, we want to be so helpful and we want to cram it all in, but you're being more helpful when you leave it out. You don't need to change their life, you just need to change their day.

28:29 I love seeing results. I have clients who come in with so many ideas and then seeing them develop a speech, and deliver it is amazing.

29:34 Someone needs to hear your story. So get out there and share it. So many of us don't give ourselves the credit for the experiences we've had.

31:31 You've been given these experiences in your life for a reason, if you don't go out and share them, then your experiences were for nothing. You want to share them and make that experience worthwhile. And it doesn't have to be speaking, it can be online on Facebook Live, it can be in so many ways.

[bctt tweet="Someone needs to hear your story. So get out there and share it." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Confidence and comfortability is important when you are married and sharing a conversation.
  • How Carrie works with her different coaching clients to overcome fear or anxiety.
  • Changing the brain makes a difference in how you see a situation.
  • How to handle a networking event.
  • You don't need to change their life, you just need to change their day.
  • Someone needs to hear your story. So get out there and share it.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

CONTINUE THE PARTY WITH CARRIE

Carrie's website

Communicate to Connect by He Says, She Says Facebook group

Twitter

Instagram

Pinterest

View Details

Think about something you really want. Are you trying to manifest it and it just does not seem to be working? In this episode, I dig into what you might be doing wrong as you're manifesting and what you CAN do right.

IN THIS EPISODE

0:19 Do you feel like you're messing up your manifesting. Maybe you're not specific enough or you're too specific. Do you ever think you're being too much of a diva.

1:19 I've got clients who tell me they're worried they're being too specific and they're starting to turn into a diva. A woman, Nicole, had asked this question in the Facebook group. She's got a picture of a piano on her vision board and shortly after that, she was offered a piano but it was too big and too old. The truth is, you can only ask for what you want if you know what you want.

3:01 Think about it like dating. If you were going to tell your friends that you really want a boyfriend. They all have a boyfriend for you and it's probably not the right one. But if you tell them exactly what you're looking for, then they can keep their eyes open. Manifesting works the same way. You have to flush out what you don't really want so you can get clear on what you do want.

4:38 If the universe sends you something and it wasn't really what you wanted, say no thanks, I'm saving myself for something better.

5:15 When you write things down or put things on a vision board, it helps your mind to focus on what you really want and be really specific.

6:16 Visualize what you want as if it's a daydream. Imagine yourself seeing it, tasting it and touching it. You mind doesn't know the difference between a dream and a reality. And then it sends those vibes into the universe.

7:19 It wasn't too much later after Nicole's first post, that she updated us and posted she got her piano.

7:34 When the universe sends you something you don't want, give yourself grace and don't beat yourself up. Simply say no thank you and tell it what you want with more detail. The whole thing is emotion. If you feel guilty or doubt, then you'll mess up your vibe. Appreciate the universe is doing it's job. Keep doing what you do and it will deliver.

9:48 If you've got a good manifesting story, come over to the Profit Party group and share them with us!

[bctt tweet="Manifesting is like dating. Tell the universe what you really want." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • You can never get too specific in your manifesting.
  • Practical tips for manifesting.
  • When the universe sends you something you don't want, give yourself grace and don't beat yourself up.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Episode 004 - Why You Need a "Do Not Want" List

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Random acts of kindness are awesome but what you get back when you give is even better! Find out how the law of reciprocity can make giving even better.

IN THIS EPISODE

0:18 Today we are talking about a few of my favorite things, random acts of kindness, the law of reciprocity and getting rich. And what I want to talk specifically about is giving money away before you actually have it.

1:09 In elementary school we played a game called Animal Tappers, where there were people who went around the room and tapped on the other kids. I loved this game because it was doing something good and no one knew it was me. It was a good feeling.

2:40 It's not something we do as adults, so how do you get the same feeling? By giving things away or improving the life of others. Tony Robbins talks about how when he was young, his family was blessed by a random act of kindness and it's changed his life.

3:46 Jeff Hoffman tells a story about how he donated a large amount of cash to a women's shelter in his area and how he was on the giving end of that. He said he did it because he could and because it felt good. The bonus of doing something good - it sets into place the law of reciprocity. If you give away that in which you want, it will come back to you.

4:45 You attract what you put out. If you give away that in which you want, it will come back to you tenfold. There are baby steps in which you do this. You believe you have what you need and you believe that the universe has your back. If you hoard your money, you're operating from a place of lack and that's the wrong mentality. If that's the vibe you put out, that's what the universe is going to hear.

5:38 If you hoard your money, you're operating from a place of lack and that's the wrong mentality. If that's the vibe you put out, that's what the universe is going to hear. The universe reacts to your vibrational feeling and will continue to give you things that you're comfortable in.

8:00 Do what feels comfortable and what gives you that feeling of abundance.

8:45 Ideas that cost money:

Tip when they aren't looking, and give more than what you normally would.

Go through the drive-thru, pay for yourself and then the person behind you.

Leave coupons in the grocery store.

Mail a dollar in a card to someone who needs a pick me up. You don't need to sign it and just say you're awesome.

10:31 Things that don't cost money:

Bring your neighbor's garbage cans in.

Ask someone how they're doing and stop and listen.

Give a genuine compliment and look them in the eye.

Smile at someone.

14:14 It's the simplest things that can change the day, the moment or the life of someone. You don't know what that act of kindness will do for someone.

14:48 The universe will continue to bring you those things that will keep you feeling that abundant. If you're at 10, it will keep you at a 10. Pick one act of kindness, check your emotion, do it then check your emotion again.

15:59 Why don't we hop into the Profit Party Community Facebook group and make the longest list of random acts of kindness as inspiration. Maybe if you need to set a reminder on your phone to do things for others.

[bctt tweet="If you give away that in which you want, it will come back to you." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • If you give away that in which you want, it will come back to you.
  • You attract what you put out. If you give away that in which you want, it will come back to you tenfold.
  • If you hoard your money, you're operating from a place of lack and that's the wrong mentality.
  • Do what feels comfortable and what gives you that feeling of abundance.
  • It's the simplest things that can change the day, the moment or the life of someone.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Telling a story is powerful for your business and my guest today, Judy Tsuei is a WordStylist & Business Strategist who coaches wild hearted female entrepreneurs on how to make your brand stories beautiful — and get seen! She's currently in Austin, TX, by way of camper van adventure with her ohana from Kauai, Hawaii, and is getting ready to launch her next small-group coaching session to increase exposure and revenue for your business.

IN THIS EPISODE

1:38 My husband and I (Judy) bought a Winnebago and spent six months driving around the United States, got to Texas and decided to make that home for now.

3:32 Wild hearted entrepreneurs - having grown up in a traditional Chinese culture where you should not make waves and do what you should do, I, blazed the trail for her younger siblings and broke all the rules. I believe in following your own way and brought that into her yoga teaching. When I coach entrepreneurs, I talk with them about the stories they tell others and themselves. Being wild in every way, I consider myself thoughtfully spontaneous.

5:54 Following your north star or your emotional guidance and tuning into what feels good is important. In everything you do Tonya, it's bad ass or like a rocket. As women we just do it, we're strong and get things accomplished, and then we don't give each other credit for it.

8:58 Storytelling is being able to write authentically and it makes connections with others. There is a power of words and a connection. I love to use my left brain and my right brain. I like to use creativity and strategy to build a kick-ass business. When it comes to branding, there are a lot of people out there doing what you're doing. How you're going to break out is what you should do is tell your story. Marketing strategists say you need 1,000 super fans to follow you with whatever pivot you make in your business.

14:10 From a strategic standpoint, when you're presenting a persona in your copy on your website or in social media, and you hop on the phone with someone and you're different from the persona you've created, they are going to have a disappointing experience with you. Something I learned as a yoga instructor is, this idea of when you meet someone for the first time, is vulnerability from them. I encourage people to share this when they are doing their branding. If they aren't completely comfortable with themselves, they need to be comfortable sharing their story.

16:25 Having a solid mindset foundation is intertwined with confidence and self-worth. You need to get to a point where you're confident in who you are and if someone doesn't like you, you're okay.

17:30 You want to share to the point where you share your story, but you don't overshare or give someone too much to where they feel responsible.

18:27 Using Facebook live builds the know, like and trust factor. If you're unable to share well or with a story, you create a barrier. There are different reasons why people are camera shy or wanting to get on a podcast. I was listening to an EO Fire episode and John Lee Dumas called out his guest because someone couldn't tell a story on his podcast. I want to make sure that all of my clients are able to be seen and when they get that exposure, they have the tools to make the most of that exposure.

21:50 I like to look at the strategy of my client's business and if they have a business that has multiple facets, you want to make sure you have a story that touches on all of those points. My default number is 3 stories. We look at what stories you can tell to allow your audience to know you better. I also help my clients create a press kit because then she has a press kit ready when she's asked. We will self-sabotage if we are not prepared if we don't think we're prepared for what someone will ask for. That is a mindset thing.

24:25 I like to have someone think about connecting with someone, clicking and then meeting them for a coffee chat. Imagine you're going to coffee with someone and what the vibe will be. It removes the feeling of having a sales conversation or a pitch conversation. You have a connection and those stories are going to be a way to create and deepen that connection.

26:36 Focusing on storytelling is a foundational piece of business and moving forward with those stories are important. You should make crafting stories a priority in building your business.

32:22 For all the moms who are entrepreneurs, one of the best things you can do is allowing your kids, especially your daughters, see you thrive. Part of my story is going through an eating disorder and going through post-pardum depression and knowing that I made it through that and being able to show my daughter that.

[bctt tweet=" I believe sharing your stories are part of a solid foundation in business - Judy Tsuei." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • When I coach entrepreneurs, I talk with them about the stories they tell others and themselves.
  • Storytelling is being able to write authentically and it makes connections with others.
  • I encourage people to share this when they are doing their branding. If they aren't completely comfortable with themselves, they need to be comfortable sharing their story.
  • Using Facebook live builds the know, like and trust factor.
  • You should make crafting stories a priority in building your business.
  • For all the moms who are entrepreneurs, one of the best things you can do is allowing your kids, especially your daughters, thrive.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Hero story

Modern Love podcast

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

CONTINUE THE PARTY WITH JUDY

Wild Hearted Words website

Wild Hearted Words Facebook group

View Details

Having a financial plan and Mary Beth Storjohann is a passionate Certified Financial Planner who loves to educate her audience and I'm so glad we have her with us today on this episode!

Mary Beth Storjohann, CFP® and Founder of Workable Wealth is an author, financial planner and accountability coach working to help clients in their 20s-40s across the country make smart, educated choices with their money. Her recent accolades include the “Top 40 Under 40” by Investment News, “10 Young Advisors to Watch” by Financial Advisor Magazine, and “10 of the Best Personal Finance Experts on Twitter.” She frequently appears on NBC as a financial expert and her expertise has been featured in The Wall Street Journal, CNBC, Forbes and more.

IN THIS EPISODE

1:18 Mary Beth's dad worked at a local mall and they would have famous people and events and one weekend they had the batmobile so they took it for a cruise.

2:56 The reason why there is confusion around financial planners is that there are not many regulations on who calls themselves a financial planner.

3:46 You want to work with someone who is a CFP - Certified Financial Planner who will help you look at your cash flow, how to pay down your debt, education planning and how much life insurance you need. They look at your values and goals and create a plan to live a life you love.

5:36 If you are looking into a financial planner, ask someone who is going to invest your money, ask how they get paid. If they are commission based, be careful.

6:22 Mary Beth will create a plan for her clients, teach them how to invest their money and she also invests the money for them. She has been in the industry for 10 years and her biggest thing is educating her clients about their options and she wants them to feel empowered around their money. She wants to make sure that her clients are confident that they are in control of their money.

9:00 Her family declared bankruptcy and money was a controversial topic in their household. She grew up with a lot of anxiety around money. When her parents were buying her a car, she had a panic attack around the fact that her parents were buying her a car but couldn't pay for her college. Her mindset was one of scarcity and in college, she would squirrel away her money. Having her own business and being in the financial business, she still has anxiety around the money. She and her husband hired a financial planner and that has helped her let go of controlling her money.

17:30 If you're in a place to hire help, if you have goals and if you're having issues keeping yourself accountable. If you have kids, do you have life insurance, if you have bills to pay, you should not be saving for college yet. Big life events or questions are a great place for getting a financial planner. If you're someone who is in a ton of debt, there are courses like Dave Ramsey. If you're someone who has a 401K, then you can get help figuring out your money. If you have cash and you want to buy a house but need help figuring out how much you can afford. Mindset is one thing, but you have to do the tangible work to figure out where your money is actually going.

22:30 The biggest thing if you're in a place where you're struggling and you need an accountability partner, that's where you want to get started. The creative online entrepreneur world, there is so much fear and anxiety and seeing what other people do. What you're seeing online is all fake. No one is perfect and everyone has their money issues.

23:48 I have two ways of handling clients. I either make a plan and we work on a few things at a time. I also start with those people who come to me and their stuff is all over the place. Try to do one thing each day and that's a step to celebrate. Create a rough budget for yourself. Go to Mint.com and let it create your budget for you.

25:12 When I work with clients, we spend 4-6 weeks of a plan together. We don't do it all at once and get them set up with a bookkeeper or a CPA. I don't have them do things all at once. They work at 2-3 things a month. We measure big progress ever six months.

27:17 You have to train your mind to say no to something. You take baby steps.

28:18 Saving your money and using the course you've already invested in is an important step to getting ahead in your business.

There are mindset changes and you should celebrate them.

28:51 When I started college, I started out studying International Business and wanting to move abroad to Italy. When I was selling cell phones, I decided I needed an office job. By that time I'd switched my major to accounting and I'd gotten a receptionist at a CPA firm. I saw financial planners working, people coming in with anxiety and leaving with less anxiety. Something clicked inside of me and I switched my major and I was one of the youngest CFPs in the country.

31:22 Even as a young woman in a predominantly white male job, this is a case of no one will look out for you like you will look out for you either in your finances or your money. I've built my career by looking out for myself. I've almost left a few places because of the sexism and ageism that I faced.

33:10 Where I am right now is that it's all about relationships. Instead of looking for clients who have millions of dollars, what if I find regular people who can get to a million dollars. I have genuine relationships with my clients and my clients become friends. It's so cool I can celebrate with my clients and I love those relationships.

37:44 When you're wanting to work with someone, decide if you want to work virtually or locally. You want to go with someone who is a fee-only financial planner. You want someone who doesn't make a commission because they're getting a cut of what they're selling you. When you meet with me, there's a 30-minute conversation and I ask what their goals or questions are. You can expect 15-20 minutes talking about and your current situation and finances, goals and what the future looks like. You should expect someone to tell you how you work with clients and then have time to ask questions. What type of clients do you work with, what type of experience do you have, how much access do we have, how often can we expect to hear from you, do you have a team we will also hear from you, and ask if they'll act in your best interest.

When you meet with me, there's a 30-minute conversation and I ask what their goals or questions are. You can expect 15-20 minutes talking about and your current situation and finances, goals and what the future looks like. You should expect someone to tell you how you work with clients and then have time to ask questions. What type of clients do you work with, what type of experience do you have, how much access do we have, how often can we expect to hear from you, do you have a team we will also hear from you, and ask if they'll act in your best interest and how they're compensated. Ask what how they plan and how they'll hold you accountable.

46:41 Income factor isn't a factor, I look at the income level to see if they can afford me. If I'm not sure if they can, I have a template email that shows where my fees and if they can't afford me then I refer them to others who charge less. No matter who books a consultation with me, I always get back to them. I only work with those who want to do a continuing relationship with me.

51:15 It starting by figuring out what's important to you and what your goals are.

[bctt tweet="Financial planning and wealth is starting by figuring out what's important to you and what your goals are." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • You want to work with a Certified Financial Planner who will help you look at your cash flow, how to pay down your debt, education planning and how much life insurance you need.
  • No one is perfect and everyone has their money issues.
  • Mary Beth will create a plan for her clients, teach them how to invest their money and she also invests the money for them.
  • There are mindset changes and you should celebrate this.
  • I've built my career by looking out for myself.
  • Where I am right now is that it's all about relationships.
  • How to find a CFP for yourself.

EPISODE RESOURCES

National Association of Fee Only Financial Planners

Financial Planning Association

7 Steps to Financial Freedom by Tony Robbins

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

CONTINUE THE PARTY WITH MARY BETH

Workable Wealth website

Twitter

Instagram

Facebook

View Details

Little lies. We have all told them right? But what do they mean and why is it important to claim responsibility for our actions? Explore this topic with Tonya now.

IN THIS EPISODE

0:19 Do you ever lie? Like a little bit? Something you tell to make someone feel better or soften the blow. Think of things that you'd tell your boss when you get to work late.

1:08 Now, if you have a team, children or people who lie. Wouldn't you rather have them own it?

1:45 The truth is always the better way to go. My mom was the queen of elaborate stories. I remember her calling into work and told them that I had a sprained ankle. We went to the doctor's office so that her boss could hear the PA system over the phone.

3:07 What that was doing her was reinforcing the behavior that lies equal wins and that not taking responsibility for your action is a positive thing. The problem is that when you aren't taking responsibility for your actions, you're giving up control over the results. In these cases, when you subscribe to the fact that it's not your fault.

4:24 In these cases, when you subscribe to the fact that it's not your fault, your subconscious believes that nothing is your fault. You're not responsible for the good things either. You have no way of knowing if your good luck will last and you start to create patterns of programmed sabotage. You will repeat them until you start to show up in the present moment. You become responsible for your behaviors. Apologize when you mess up. I told you a few episodes ago of my mess up and I had to apologize. But when I mess up and take responsibility from them, I've learned something from them.

6:55 You are deliberately putting yourself in a funk and lowering your vibe if you continue to not take responsibility for your mess ups. If this is a habit of yours, it used to be a habit of mine, I've learned to overcome it. And I love the results. Watch what you're doing over the next few days, what's your knee-jerk reaction when you make a mistake? Watch the way it changes the way those around you react. It will blow your mind.

[bctt tweet="We tell little lies, but in fact, we're giving away our control of the situation." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • We tell little lies, but in fact, we're giving away our control of the situation.
  • When you do this, you're creating patterns and thoughts not responsible for the good things either.
  • Apologize when you mess up.
  • You are deliberately putting yourself in a funk and lowering your vibe if you continue to not take responsibility for your mess ups.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Today's guest is Tiffany Cavegn who is crushing her money blocks. Her story starts when she was a kid and continues to her realization as an adult:

She says, "nobody taught me how to cook. As a child, we ate dinner on TV trays in front of – you guessed it – the TV! As an adult, I could only make your basic tacos and spaghetti. Recipe experiments were a disaster.

Then I had my first of two children and I knew I had to do something different. I was determined to teach them to love family dinners and learn healthy cooking and eating habits. So I taught myself to cook. I loved it so much I went to culinary school and then started teaching the neighborhood kids how to cook through Centennial Community Education. That’s when the idea of a kids cooking academy was born. At the Kids Cooking School, we do all the work that goes along with teaching young people to cook – we do the shopping, the teaching, practicing, burning & learning, and of course – all of the cleaning."

Find out more about Tiffany and how she's broken through her money blocks to find success.

IN THIS EPISODE

3:30 There were several moments along the way in Tiffany's journey that she decided she was going to make this school work. She realized she didn't want to have an online business, she loved the one on one interaction with others. I quit my job not knowing how I was going to do it, I knew how I felt as an obese child and I wanted to keep other kids from going through that same pain of being teased and having a bad childhood. Parents cooking choices and healthy choices make a difference in raising healthy kids but I couldn't get parents to come to class, but I could get kids to come.

8:29 This is what I'm meant to do and for 10 years I felt that in my gut. It was sitting on the front porch swing with my husband, and he told me I needed to have cooking classes for kids. I got to the point where I needed to actually step out and do it.

17:00 I decided this business was going to succeed.

22:20 Finances can be painful. I have to look at them and take responsibility for them. We know we're going to be looking at guilt, shame, and regret. We'll go to great lengths to avoid that pain.

28:17 What I was faced with was fear because we had to get a loan and we took the money out as a home equity loan. I didn't borrow more money than what I could go back to work to make up the money. Because of that, I decided I was going to become a money bad ass because I want to keep the school and I don't want it to go out of business because I don't manage money well. You cannot take your first step forward if you don't know where you're standing.

33:48 Every woman wants to have independent in her finances.

34:14 In the Profit Party Academy, we went through a debt reduction exercise. We assigned a feeling to how we feel about our debt. The reason why I gave mine a 9/10 because I spent that money in a smart way and I have a plan for how I'm going to pay it back. I'm in control of the money.

36:32 We love our kids unconditionally, but we love them a whole lot more when they are under control and aren't having temper tantrums on the floor. The same can be said about money.

38:00 I made the investment to hire some staff. They're making me happy because hiring them, even though it's costing me, it's going to free me up to do the things that I'm gifted at. I'm not sure how I'm going to pay them the last month, but I will be able to build something more with them, then without them. When I'm focused on sharing my passion with other people, I am at your best.

[bctt tweet="I decided this business was going to succeed." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • There were several moments along the way in Tiffany's journey that she decided she was going to make this school work.
  • This is what I'm meant to do and for 10 years I felt that in my gut, now I know what it is.
  • I decided this business was going to succeed.
  • I'm in control of the money.
  • When I'm focused on sharing my passion with other people, I am at your best.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Will It Fly

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

CONTINUE THE PARTY WITH TIFFANY

Kids Cooking School website

The Kids Cooking School on Facebook

View Details

It's episode 50!!! We're talking about something really important in this episode - the emotional scale. This is something that will help you get where you want to be so dive in with me right now!

SHOWNOTES

https://tonyarineer.com/podcasts/navigating-the-emotional-guidance-scale/

View Details

Have you ever wondered what it looks like to have a 4-hour work week? Well, I found out the hard way and I'm here to tell you about a few mindset shifts I had and what I learned in the process.

IN THIS EPISODE 2:10 In this time of being away from my business and having to take a break because of illness, this experience made me realize that I've got some emotional blocks around abandoning my tribe. This was something I thought I'd dealt with before and I want to share them with you.

3:29 Thinking and having gratitude for my team was something that was important this week. Not only did they continue to do their jobs, but they did my job too. The way they made me feel loved and cared for floored me. Building a team is not the easiest thing, but when you find those people and take the time to facilitate those relationships is worth the time.

5:37 If time and financial freedom are important to you, who do you have on your team? If you got sick, would they be able to run the business?

6:18 I had to deal with the feeling of not being needed and that goes back to some self-sabotage. We have four needs, we have the need for significance and having that four hour work week made me a little sad that I wasn't able to talk to people. I had to do some mindset work on this feeling. I had to realize that it's not about one person and their value, but the value of the tribe. I got to watch this unravel in my Facebook tribe as others shared stories and advice.

9:41 As a business owner, you want to see your clients walk away with value, even if it's not something they're paying for. This four hour work week has allowed me to step back and see the big picture of what I've created. Wow, it was rewarding.

10:59 If you currently have a team, take time today to thank them, love them, buy them a gift. They're really the bread and butter of what you're creating. Put it in your budget to buy them gifts. If you don't have a team, identify what you want to outsource and start that process.

13:09 What are the things that you're doing in your business that you absolutely love, why do you do what you do? If it's the interaction and the face to face, you're probably going to always want that. If you're building passive income, you still want to have that face to face so you don't lose that thing that light you up and make you happy.

[bctt tweet="In a 4 hour work week, I learned had to break through my own mindset blocks." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * In a 4 hour work week, I learned had to break through my own mindset blocks. * If time and financial freedom are important to you, who do you have on your team? * I had to deal with the feeling of not being needed and that goes back to some self-sabotage. * As a business owner, you want to see your clients walk away with value.

EPISODE RESOURCES Episode 44 - Self-sabotage: Why do we do what we do

The 4-Hour Work Week by Tim Farriss

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Want to learn how to sell without feelingsleezy and actually make some sales? Of course you do because you're running a business.

Tonya's guest, Renee Hribar, draws out their brilliance and breaks down their barriers so that they can sell themselves in a way that feels as natural as smiling at our babies sleeping face. Kind, gentle and nurturing all set with the intention of helping those who need us. All things Tonya loves. So hop on in and learn how to sell!

IN THIS EPISODE

2:16 When you're selling, it's an exchange. Your receiving money for the value you give.

3:17 Sales is a mindset and most of the women who listen to this podcast, who are in sales, don't want to put people out. I (Tonya) love how you relate it to motherhood.

4:23 The mindset of sales and Renee loves doing sales online because it's making new friends and loves doing sales in person because she's meeting her neighbors. The first step in mindset is to tell yourself "I'm going to make a new friend." It's also selling for an even exchange of services. And that's another way to look at it.

6:35 To avoid the feeling of not knowing if you're charging enough, I don't want to give more than I'm receiving. Good fences make good neighbors and good contracts make good clients. Always walk into a sale with a contract. You can have something that is informal but it's in writing and you know what's going to happen in that relationship.

8:36 To avoid not wanting to continue on yourself, have a short-term trial. See how it feels to try it, and show up, and to deliver it. At the end, do a 15 minute follow up as a bonus for the first few people who sign up for something. It allows you to fund the time you're spending on creating things. You can start small and make it bigger. It can also become your low-risk offer to allow them to try you out.

11:07 We're always all pivoting and growing and with creating something small, it gives you baby steps to trying things out.

11:59 You have to find one space to be. Facebook groups can be like networking events. You go into the group with specific purposes, see who you can hire, who will hire you and how you can get to know people. Be helpful, comment to people, make new friends and then if you can message someone for a coffee chat, then you can tell them what you do.

16:04 Those connections and coffee chats are really good for getting practicing, building confidence in sharing your message and getting feedback. When you start to deliver that message to the next person, they might not be the best fit for you, but they might know someone who can use your services.

18:14 Be authentic and genuine. Don't hide behind your branding and your business, but go outside and make friends.

20:26 Don't go into a coffee chat unprepared. Expect a yes, let them raise their hand and say I'm your perfect client and then move forward. GPS - get to know the person, ask the perfect questions and then shut up.

21:55 Describe what you have to offer, how long it will take and what the price is. If you don't offer, people will get offended that they don't make the cut, you don't like them, they aren't a good fit and it's kind of rude to not make them an offer.

24:42 If you don't know what you want to offer or you're too upset about selling them, make an appointment for later with them to sell them.

25:36 When you approach a sales call like that, you'll have more confidence. Confidence is sexy and magnetic and if people sense you're confident. If you go into a sales call and you don't need your money. If you are just starting out, you really do have to pretend that you don't need someone's money until you really don't.

[bctt tweet="GPS - get to know the person, ask the perfect questions and then shut up." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • When you're selling, it's an exchange. Your receiving money for the value you give.
  • The first step in mindset is to tell yourself "I'm going to make a new friend."
  • Be authentic and genuine. Don't hide behind your branding and your business, but go outside and make friends.
  • GPS - get to know the person, ask the perfect questions and then shut up.
  • Describe what you have to offer, how long it will take and what the price is.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

CONTINUE THE PARTY WITH RENEE

S-word Training Live

Renee's website

View Details

Are you addicted? You probably are running through the list of things that you do to see if you've got an addiction problem. That's not what we're talking about in this episode.

In this episode, we're talking about the addiction to negative thinking and of course, how you can stop.

IN THIS EPISODE

0:24 We're talking about addictions today. Not addictions to drug, alcohol or food. We're talking about your addiction to negative thoughts.

0:37 What triggers negative thoughts and emotion and how can you start to reframe or avoid them so you can feel better all the time. When you feel better, life is better and your vibe is higher. You're attracting into your life people who are happy, abundant and things that bring more money.

2:03 We are a high vibe party and high vibe people. And you can't do that if everything that goes through your head sucks and is negative.

2:47 Being happy is a choice. It's also an action to the things in our life. It's a way to stay comfortable or rewarding ourself.

3:17 Addiction, according to Wikipedia, is a brain disorder characterized by compulsive engagement in rewarding stimuli, despite adverse consequences.

4:03 If you've watched this happen, you ask why is this happening. If it was you, you've known what you're thinking and feeling. I've known people who have tried to quit smoking. It's those triggers where you react and allow it to push you over the edge or out of control. You get put into a place where you want to be in a place that is safe and feels better. So you reach for this compulsive behavior or thought. It feels good temporarily, but in the end, it's sabotage.

6:05 At the end of the day if you feel depleted, sad, anxious, jealous or just not good, (I'm not talking major chemical imbalances) where you're letting your reactions or emotions impact you. Let's look at some examples and how we can change that so we can start feeling amazing.

7:31 Your social circles. You are the average of the five people you hang out with. Your income is the average of the five people you hang out with. Are they high vibing and happy? Or are they complaining, gossiping and not happy? Depending on how those conversations go, they make you feel good or like crap.

I mentioned the income, hang out with people who are happy about the ways they're making money, instead of complaining about the system. Stay away from people who complain about money.

10:28 Our environment. Are you going to the mall and spend more than you should? Do you hide bags in the closet because you're afraid that someone will find out how much you spend, that's not giving you a good feeling. You might feel guilt, shame and buyers remorse. You might pay off those credit cards, but when you want to feel better, you go right back to spending with them and it becomes an endless cycle.

12:42 Your environment might also be driving around rich neighborhoods. For me in Michigan, this was driving up Grose Point and seeing all these beautiful, big houses. When I was a teen, it felt good to drive down this road and dream. I got to a point where it started feeling bad because it seemed like I'd never get that, or I felt like I'd never measure up. The simple solution is to stay off the road and now allow yourself to go down that road. It's a decision that I had to make consciously to stay away. Your environment can affect your emotions and thinking patterns. Think about this throughout the day and check in with yourself.

16:28 Ask yourself how you're feeling and tell yourself you're only going to allow yourself to feel that good or better during the day. Make conscious decisions to surround yourself with people and things who will bring you up.

16:58 Do you watch the news to catch the weather or the latest stories. And then when you leave, do you feel like you're going to get mugged or like you need a bodyguard to pump your gas. That fear attracts what happens. Your vibe attracts what happens to you. If you're saying "I don't want to get mugged" the universe hears that as "I want to get mugged" and those things will start being fulfilled.

19:08 How do you start replacing and reframing. Avoiding is one thing - avoid the situations that result in the negative thinking in the long run. If you find yourself spending time on Facebook and feeling yuck, stay off Facebook. If social circles make you feel like you're not the person you could be, then remove yourself from that circle. What if you watch the news and think about all the negativity happen in five minutes. You could catch the news through email services where you can subscribe and get it in your inbox or through an app for news and weather. If the mall is your thing, leave your credit cards at home. Put them in a bowl, fill it with water and freeze it. Take cash to the mall. After you've started to make some shifts, celebrate! Notice how good you feel. Celebrate little wins.

22:53 Pay attention to how you feel every day. Make a list of things that trigger you every day. Start writing them down. Then jot down how you can avoid that situation or reframe that situation to replace your normal behavior. And then figure out how you will celebrate.

[bctt tweet="Our environment can affect your emotions and thinking patterns." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • We're talking about your addiction to negative thoughts.
  • At the end of the day if you feel depleted, sad, anxious, jealous or just not good, where are you letting your reactions or emotions impact you.
  • Hang out with people who are happy about the ways they're making money, instead of complaining.
  • Our environment can affect your emotions and thinking patterns.
  • Pay attention to how you feel every day.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Have you thought about hosting a retreat for your followers? What about creating a local event for women in your area? Today's guest, Lizzy Russinko, will help you create plans or cultivate a new desire for an in-person gathering.

Lizzy is the go-to person to help soulful entrepreneurs plan their first one-day retreat. She believes that women everywhere are craving in-person connection, and retreats are an incredibly powerful way to elevate your voice and build your community. Retreat Roadmap makes the whole retreat planning process easy, fun, and super simple, giving you the tools and inspiring the confidence to carve out a unique space for your business in the retreat landscape.

IN THIS EPISODE

0:17 Lizzy is the go-to person to help soulful entrepreneurs create their own retreat.

1:34 I, Tonya, am a mindset coach, doesn't mean that I don't have mindset blocks. It's been really fun working with you Lizzy to see you break through blocks and create treats. You've helped me break through my blocks around having a retreat.

2:55 Lizzy has a background in higher education and was a faculty member before her journey into motherhood. She did a lot of crisis response which helps her while planning for everything that can happen during retreats. After leaving her job and having a baby, Lizzy still felt the need to have a community. She started a community called Inspired Family and through that, she realized she wanted to create intimate experiences for women.

6:11 Her goal became digging deep and creating an impact through retreats.

8:36 She realized as she started planning retreats she came at it differently. She created the experience and created retreats to step away from life, connect with others and nourishment. Getting deep with yourself and getting deep with others. She realized you can go to or plan one-day retreats that are life changing for your business and clients.

11:14 Lizzy is all about creating retreats that are accessible and doable for everyone, not just the top people who can afford them. She also realizes that women have babies and partners who can't take that time off to support and allow women to take time off.

12:30 Being an introvert or an empath, or someone who needs time away, finding ways to recharge and replenish energy is important. One day retreats sound great to me. The one day and capitalizing on that energy, it's a lot easier to do.

16:18 Replenish is an important part of a retreat is to relax. You can offer a journey that women can go on with themselves and a few other women and have these beautiful shifts in the time with themselves and others.

18:06 We all need to be creating retreats to our tribes so we can get them in front of ourselves, meeting them face to face and show them how much we appreciate them. There's an elusive desire and then the question of where do I start? In your case Lizzy, you're providing a blueprint for that question of where you start.

19:28 If you have a vision and a purpose and you know who your target market is, all you need to do is a little research and find a location. Start with your business. Retreat planning is the easy part. If you're questioning if you want to plan a retreat, you've already built your business and done the hard work of growing as yourself.

20:56 What is so cool about retreats that once you plan a retreat, you can do it again. You can plan a one or two day retreat four times a year if you've got your location and the relationships with sponsors. Someone isn't just going to stumble upon your website and drop $5,000 on a trip with you, but if it's more reasonable, they're going to join you.

24:06 One of Lizzy's clients doesn't have her followers close to where she's at location wise. Lizzy says that she's told her client that even if she's got followers all over the world, it's still possible to find 15 people to join you on a local journey with you.

15:11 The purpose of doing retreats is seeing your work in action. It also builds credibility when you see it on the website and know that a person who is having a retreat values intimacy and connection. Retreats also give you the ability to position yourself as an expert because you're showing yourself on stage.

27:35 For your first retreat, Lizzy encourages co-collaboration and co-creation so if you're new at hosting a retreat, you're not alone. Working with partners is valuable because meeting people and connecting with women. You're also able to ebb and flow and have some down time if you have a partner.

29:25 Lizzy helps you create a day that's a journey and where meal placement goes and other events happen. She can break the event down and work through your fears and unknown.

31:29 Lizzy just finished her most recent event. It was her last official east coast retreat because she and her family moved from Philidelphia to Sonoma County, California. Leading up to the retreat, her caterer canceled, but because she had planned, she had her backups and it wasn't a change of plans, it was just a shift. She ended up with the caterer she really wanted. The shift can bring us back to where we're supposed to be and teach us something. There are times when there's something better when something doesn't go as planned, but you can say thank you for the events that happen.

39:06 Lizzy will teach you through her challenge how to build sponsor relationships as you explore your answer to if you're ready for to jump into a retreat. She's had people go through her challenge thinking they'll do an event in 2018 and after that challenge, they'll change their mind to fall 2017.

41:50 There's something happening right now with women rising up to share their message. Now is the time to share and go on a journey together. There's something different happening in this online space. There's a lot of realizing that there's enough money, buys, work and that's causing people to come together and build community. A rising tide lifts all ships. Women all over are craving support, connection and purpose.

45:37 You help others connect online and in person is how you will get sales. There's nothing better than building relationships to build businesses. People want you to sell to them because you're doing good work that matters.

46:30 All of the places you can find Lizzy are below and we'll be checking in with Lizzy next year to see how many women used her to help plan their first retreat.

[bctt tweet="Abundance is possible once you realize what it means for you." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Lizzy is the go-to person to help soulful entrepreneurs create their own retreat.
  • Her goal became digging deep and creating an impact through retreats.
  • The purpose of doing retreats is seeing your work in action.
  • There's something happening right now with women rising up to share their message.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Hal Elrod

Jon Berghoff

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

CONTINUE THE PARTY WITH LIZZY

Lizzy's challenge

View Details

In this episode, I want to help you make money. But it might be in an unusual way. Listen in now to find out how.

IN THIS EPISODE

0:25 Today I want to help you make money. Have time freedom, having the ability to spend time with your family and take a vacation. You want to be in control of your calendar and do what you want to do. And you still want money coming in. You want financial freedom and not have to worry about it.

1:34 What does this online business thing mean to you? To work with who you want, when you want for how long you want. So what are you doing to go there?

1:44 You may have built a vision board and you know where you want to go. The roadmap you're building right now is what's going to get you there. You may here gurus promoting their next things. And your roadmap might be building a coarse for passive income, sales funnels, getting professional headshots done, and there are other things.

2:58 There are a million and one courses and books on this and they have their place. It all falls into the consumer awareness journey. And this is something I work with my girls on who are a part of the Profit Party Academy. This connection and it's a five-step process. I talk with people all the time about them having their course and their funnel and a great optin, but they still aren't selling anything.

4:53 It's because we're missing a key factor. It's this online selling myth that says that if you build it, they will come. By doing all of those things, but in the wrong order, you're missing the one thing that's going to make you money. And that one thing mis the ing is connection. You're missing out on reaching out and talking to people, asking them what they value, where they're struggling and how you can help them. That's the key to success in any business.

6:12 Instead of building it first and having the perfect look of a business, and but what I'm stressing to you is, wouldn't it be nice if you could start generating money in your business so that instead of trying to bootstrap those things, all you have to do is outsource it to someone. Stop wasting precious money doing those things first, instead start doing these things first.

7:33 Start reaching out and building relationships. If you're an introvert, don't like talking to people, don't want to go to networking events, then fine. Keep doing what you're doing and see where that gets you in five years.

8:20 This is a tough love episode. If you're hiding behind your business, start doing yourself a favor. Make it an intentional time to start talking to people. Ask people why they're stuck, what would help them move forward to get where they'd like to be, what emotion they're lacking in their life that they'd like to feel. Then shut up and listen to what they have to say.

9:42 Take that unknown out of the online relationship, and build the know, like and trust, and then offer them what they're looking for. The key to making more time and more money is to help other people to develop it in their life.

10:23 If you think you know what everyone wants, that's where people go wrong. People don't get out there and ask what their ideal person is looking for. You're not getting out and asking if they'd pay for a course, if people would like 3 or 6 months, if someone has worked with someone like you before and what their experience was. Ask questions and then listen to the response. Ask why five times and get real, real emotional, raw answers. It's never enough time or enough money, it's deeper than that. If you're going to grow, you need to have more people pay you or less people pay you more money.

12:20 You may need to be open to the fact that you have to be open to starting back at ground zero. You might say, "I've already asked all these questions, built the course and I don't want to go back and redo it." If it's not working, let's fix it. If you do all this up front work first, you might have to redo something. If you ask the questions first, you create an offer, then you can start meeting their need. And their friends start paying you and then you have referral money coming in, you're paying yourself and you've got money coming into your money funnel.

13:35 Now when you have money coming in, you can get help with building your business and growing in other ways that you can when you start meeting your goals.

14:04 I had a successful offline business and I grew it by connecting and building relationships then worrying about all the branding later. And then I started my online business and I did it all backward. I listened to everyone and felt like I needed to have all these 10 things done first before I started marketing myself and it was an epic mistake. If you've already started this, then maybe you should start talking to people. If you get energized and encouraged, do more of that. Even if that conversation is not resulting in money yet. I want you to set a number for yourself, a goal to talk to people in your specific market every single week. Find a number that feels comfortable then double it. Stop with the excuses, those are people who will thank you publically and talk to others about you. Those people you talk with are the best investment in your business.

17:23 You can build a connection by commenting on a post, but you'll make a much deeper connection through the phone or video. I prefer video but if you don't do video, make the phone call. The worst thing that could happen is that you make a friend if you're not able to help that person. Make that a continuous goal each week. Your business, as a result will grow.

[bctt tweet="In this episode, I want to help you make money. But maybe in an unusual way. Listen in now to find out how." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • What does this online business thing mean to you?
  • I talk with people all the time about them having their course and their funnel and a great optin, but they still aren't selling anything. And here's why.
  • Find out what people really want. Ask why five times and get real, real emotional, raw answers.
  • You may need to be open to the fact that you have to be open to starting back at ground zero.
  • You need to start building relationships, and out of relationships, your business will grow like you never imagined.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Self-sabotage - we all do it, but do you know why you do it? Well let's hop into this episode and I'll explore some reasons why people self-sabotage. IN THIS EPISODE 0:20 Do you sabotage yourself? Even though you want to save, you can't stop spending. Or you desire more income and more clients and when the opportunity presents itself, you clam up. Take a moment and look back. How has your past year been going? Are you excited to take in new experiences, grow your business and double or triple your income or does that completely freak you out? Do your behaviors contradict your desires? If so, you fall into this category of self-sabotage.

2:01 We've all been there and do this from time to time. You aren't alone. And it's because we have four basic needs that need to be met.

Love and connection - We need to feel like we belong and are loved. We need to feel included. Maybe you were the girl who didn't get invited to the party or you were the girl in the corner and you felt like people were whispering about you this is when your love and connection was being challenged.

Significance - This is our need to feel important, to know what we're talking about, to feel powerful. We like when people come to us and want our opinions. When people thank us for making a difference in their lives. This is where impact comes from - when you want to make a difference and that feels good. You've had experiences when you've gotten to do that. You feel like you're on top of the world. On the flipside, there's been a time in your life when someone has belittled you or made you feel like you weren't enough. That you didn't measure up.

Certainty - The need that we have to know the outcome and feel in control. To know what to expect. You've had situations in your life when you don't know what that looks like. The unknown is a very scary place. There have been times when you've taken a chance and it hasn't worked out. And other times when it has worked really well and you've grown.

Uncertainty - This is surprise and thrill and we need that. Too much is scary.

6:09 These four things are things we all need. Which one you need the most will vary depending on the season of life you are in. And the way you act in order to fill those needs and the way you react in the world in order to fulfill those needs is a result of your past experience and current perspective.

6:40 So in the past if you've experienced a lot of those harder situations, your subconscious remembers that. Those are wounds. Pain is a hard thing to forget and those scars and those wounds hit harder than the joyful ones. Here's why - that's how our brains were wired. When you were little, you touched a hot stove and your brain remembered that the stove is hot. You avoid it. It's the same thing with financial situations. If anything in our life presents itself and it even remotely represents pain, our subconscious says to run the other way as fast as you can. You're wired to keep you from losing the love and connection, significance and other needs.

9:24 Success and the fear of success and sabotage is the way we define it. How do you define success? Now might be the time to redefine it. Maybe success means hard things to you and your subconscious is telling you that if you have success it's painful and not what you want. Your belief equals that painful thing. If that's not what you want, you're going to find a way to sabotage yourself.

13:20 I have clients who are worried about becoming too big because they value love and connection. They want to keep the intimacy and they play small because they want to keep those relationships intact. They are afraid that they'll become someone they don't like. They value the significance and value being the big fish in the small pond. Are people going to think they're a fraud or that they don't have enough education or experience? Do you feel like if you hit a certain level of success, you won't be able to compete or be the person you currently are?

15:14 Are you afraid of taking on too much responsibility and losing that sense of freedom. Are you afraid of having too much on your calendar? If so, you value uncertainty and being able to do things on the fly. In your mind, successful people get to have a structured life. If you've seen someone lose their childlike wonder to the grind of the hustle and entrepreneurship, and that's part of your past and that would cause pain for you, success equals prison in your mind so you'll avoid the money.

16:57 What we need to do is take a look at these needs and see what ones really resonate with you. As opportunities come up, say to yourself, what's the worst that could happen to you if you're successful or wealthy. Set a timer for a significant amount of time and write. What thoughts come up. Identify which needs are being threatened and how are you responding?

19:03 We start by being aware. We can't change the past, but we can choose to take control of the future.

[bctt tweet="The way you react in the world in order to fulfill those needs is a result of your past experience and current perspective." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * We've all committed self-sabotage. * These four things are things we all need. Which one you need the most will vary depending on the season of life you are in. * Success and the fear of success and sabotage is the way we define it. * I have clients who are worried about becoming too big because they value love and connection. * We can't change the past, but we can choose to take control of the future.

EPISODE RESOURCES Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

What are you telling the universe about money? Are you operating in a scarcity mindset or an abundant mindset? Listen to this episode to find out where you stand and if you're sending mixed signals.

IN THIS EPISODE

0:16 Do you film home videos? It's been a while since I have but a few weeks ago my son Tommy found a hard drive of Christmas seven or eight years ago. I have three boys and they each open gifts differently. One opens gift excitedly and one is in the middle and the oldest has a hard time opening gifts in front of people.

2:43 As I'm watching this video, it reminded me of us and the way we receive and the way that we don't. Do you pick up pennies if you find them? If it's an easy yes, what if it's a quarter? What if it's a dollar? It's all about perspective and what it means to you when you find money. It's your abundance versus scarcity mindset.

4:20 If you're in the middle of nowhere and what goes through your head are worried about people judging you for picking it up and them thinking you're greedy, do you feel that you don't deserve it, or do you feel like if you get it and someone else won't have it. That means you're operating in a scarcity mindset. The scarcity mindset is that there is not enough money for everyone.

5:37 The flipside of that is operating with an abundance mentality. There's no such thing as a fair share because everyone has enough. Imagine going to an all you can eat buffet, no problem loading up your plate as long as all the buckets or bins are full. But what if your favorite item only has one left. Do you take it or do you leave it for someone else? It boils down to your core beliefs.

7:48 What you're really doing when you deny yourself, you're telling the universe that you don't think there's enough and not appreciating it. Instead of that, you can say thank you universe for the abundance it has bestowed upon you. It's the little things that allow you to show appreciation and you start shedding that negativity, shame or fear.

9:25 When it starts to feel good and joyful, that's when crazy manifesting miracles can happen. If you don't believe me, hop into the Facebook group and ask for the stories from the ladies. They are so good.

11:23 My husband started picking up the pennies. He was the guy who started out not picking up the penny because he didn't need it. We had a discussion about how he was telling the universe he didn't need the money. Now he finds $50 bills and cool toys. Ever since he started, he finds stuff all the time.

13:19 Take a moment to appreciate the gifts and allow the universe to provide for you. Then you can hop in the Facebook group and share your cool stories.

[bctt tweet="The universe provides for you, if you allow it. #profitparty" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Do you pick up pennies if you find them?
  • The scarcity mindset is that there is not enough money for everyone.
  • The flipside of that is operating with an abundance mentality.
  • It's the little things that allow you to show appreciation and you start shedding that negativity, shame or fear.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Building an online business means that you need to build trust and credibility. So how do you do that? Well, I'm giving you 10 ways to do that in this episode to give your business a boost!

IN THIS EPISODE

0:16 I'm the mother of teen boys and in their world, there's this thing happening called reselling and I'm watching my entrepreneurial boys get into this. They're watching certain companies release 50 or 100 of certain products. You enter into a raffle to buy and then some of them you get to turn around and sell them on sites.

1:31 It's been a very interesting experience as a spectator to watch my sons and their friends go through this process as they've had to learn the hard way that you can't just send someone an item and wait for a check to come in the mail. They don't ask and they trust the first time.

3:00 It's that experience of getting hurt and jaded from the first time when someone doesn't send money. It's our subconscious that is protecting us from experiencing those feelings again.

3:33 You, as an online business owner, take that into consideration. You might have a pretty website with pretty pictures, but how do people know they can trust you. It's about taking the extra time and consideration to build that relationship.

4:20 You can establish an instant report with someone face to face. When there's distance between you, you have to know it's going to take a little bit of time.

5:12 There are 10 things you can do to start to boost your business. I know you have an online business, and you have reasons why you don't want to go out and do networking events. But that doesn't mean you should stay home behind your computer. You should go out to networking events and share your elevator pitch with someone who will find someone who actually thinks of a great client for you.

7:32 Girlfriend, get out there and network. My goal for you is to get out and network at least once a month.

8:20 The next best thing is online virtual coffee chats. It's almost as good as in person. Learn from the person you're talking with and network through them. Aim to have five coffee chats a week. If that's ambitious, aim for one or two.

9:47 Being vulnerable online will also build your credibility. If you come across as perfect, people will start to wonder what you're hiding. If you're open with your weaknesses or failures, people are going to be more drawn to you because you become relatable at that point. You're building a connection.

12:00 Social proof can be thought of as good gossip. People talk about people and you know that gossip is in abundance everywhere. Never say an ill word about people, but instead be that person who always has someone's back. Stand up for others and offer another perspective. It allows people to see you're trustworthy. We want people around us who are trustworthy, especially in the business context.

15:06 Connect people to each other. Take good notes when you're at networking events and you see someone who does something that others need. Be a facilitator and connector. People appreciate that and the law of reciprocity says that we owe someone who does something for us. When you connect others, you'll be seen as someone who is a trustworthy person.

17:00 Have a low-risk offer that someone can buy if they've just found you on the internet. Think about how someone can try you before they buy you. Give them a chance to get to know you. Tripwires and optins don't make sense for every business. Take a step back and ask yourself what people need from you and build up your offer around this for your business.

18:56 Show up. Don't just when you're launching, or when you're promoting something, but be present and easily accessible.

20:42 Add value and inspiration. If your schedule is really hectic, take a few minutes and schedule time to interact and be present then leave.

21:53 Be consistent, which might not always be possible, but the more consistent you can be the better. It goes with showing up, they know where you are.

22:34 Treat your tribe like your BFF. Respond and interact as if someone was right in front of you. The online world has made it easy to take the tone out of things, but I want my personality and tone to come out in my correspondence. If I were in person with you, there would be body language, in the written form you can't always communicate that so I use emojis and exclamation points. I want the people in my world and space to know I care about them.

[bctt tweet="Show up online, add value and be consistent in your presence." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • When there's distance between you, you have to know it's going to take a little bit of time to establish a relationship.
  • Girlfriend, get out there and network.
  • Think about how you want to show up and how you want others to think of you.
  • Connect others.
  • Show up online, add value and be consistent in your presence. People will not have to look elsewhere for what you offer.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Episode 017 - Elevator Pitches are Old School

Episode 018 - Finding your Low-Risk Offer

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Sometimes it's hard to let go of the things that are holding us back. Did you know that there are four emotions evoked through the money block process?

Find out from me, Tonya Rineer, how to move past your money blocks and into abundance.

IN THIS EPISODE

0:17 I'd love to have a little chat with you about your money blocks. Are you embracing them? Are you hanging on to them without even knowing it? Sometimes we hang on to things that are toxic.

1:18 We hang on to things that aren't serving us anymore. We get rid of buzz kills that don't pick us up and make us feel good.

1:54 Marie Kondo has you hold things in your hand and ask "does this make me feel good." How do you identify those things we hang on to? Let's talk about it.

2:32 Anytime we hang on to something that doesn't serve us it's because it's comfortable or there's a little bit of hope. Although you're not happy where you're at, it's comfortable. You choose where you're at in this relationship as an alternative situation that it could be worse.

3:35 What you are avoiding are four emotions: uncertainty, boredom, significance, and love and connection.

4:30 Our subconscious protects us from uncertainty because it's been programmed hundreds of years ago. It's keeping us in our safety zone.

5:05 Our minds, because they want us to feel a little adrenaline once in a while, as entrepreneurs, we love to have that adrenaline. You might lose interest in things, you don't finish things and maybe you've grown during the process and you decide that your thing isn't good enough so you don't finish it.

6:55 The need for significance and we want people to desire us. We don't want to feel like we aren't good enough. That's where imposter syndrome comes up and we start to feel like we're walking out of our comfort zone. Your comfort zone is where you feel like people know that you're reputable. But when you start walking into different things, that's where you worry that people don't think you know what you're talking about.

9:00 Significance also makes us worry about growing.

9:18 The need for love and connection can be traced back to the fact that we're tribe animals. We need that connection to people. We need that sense of belonging and fitting in. I've always had a hard time fitting in and this pulls at my heart when people have money blocks because they don't want to stand out and be different.

11:27 The fear of being different really comes into play when it comes to tooting your own horn. Why do you have such a hard time of putting yourself out there? Because you don't want to make someone else feel bad. It goes back to significance and the need for significance. Our subconscious mind is protecting us from putting distance between those people and losing that connection. We're programmed to not lose those connections.

13:56 Outside of the box is where the magic happens. You can step off the ledge with the intention to serve and give and create an impact. The universe will help you in your endeavors when they are well intended.

14:37 What is keeping you from stepping out there and growing your business? If you need help, come over to our Facebook community and get help.

[bctt tweet="Sometimes we hang on to things that are toxic. Find out more in this episode." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • We hang on to things that aren't serving us anymore.
  • What you are avoiding when you hold on to things are four emotions: uncertainty, boredom, significance, and love and connection.
  • Outside of the box is where the magic happens.

EPISODE RESOURCES

*Affiliate links are present.

The Life-Changing Magic of Tidying Up

Blog - How Organizing Your Home Can Lead to More Money in your Pocket

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Hugging can make a difference in your day. Did you know that? Did you know the magic number of hugs you should have in a day is eight? It's true and join me for a quick episode where I tell you why these things are true. IN THIS EPISODE 0:25 Did you know that a 20-second hug is all you need to completely transform your day?

1:16 It is true. Personal touch, physical touch releases hormones in our bodies which make us happy. It releases oxytocin which is released during breastfeeding, orgasm, get a massage and hobbies like praying or meditating.

2:15 In the last episode I shared a story of one of my f-ups and the day was bad after that. Later that day I gave my husband the look and he knows that it means I need a hug. It felt like ahhh. After that, I was able to suck it up, wipe away my tears and move on.

4:00 When we're stretching, any higher emotion on the energy scale is better. If you're having a bad day, then look around you and find someone to hug.

5:13 A 20-second hug also releases dopamine and it will help you have a better day. And that's my challenge. Eight hugs is the magic number for the number of hugs you need a day.

[bctt tweet="Did you know that a 20-second hug is all you need to completely transform your day?" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * Did you know that a 20-second hug is all you need to completely transform your day? * Personal touch, physical touch releases hormones in our bodies which make us happy. * When we're stretching, any higher emotion on the energy scale is better.

EPISODE RESOURCES Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Humiliation and letting people down happen and these are real fears that keep us from moving forward. Listen to this episode to find out how I handled a situation that recently took place in my own life.

IN THIS EPISODE

00:16 Can I share with you the most embarrassing thing I've done recently? Humiliating to be sure but I think I've hurt someone in the process. Let me tell you the story. We're at my niece and nephew's birthday party recently and I wrote her card out just fine, but I wrote the wrong name on his card! And I felt awful emotions while I was sitting there watching him open a card addressed to his brother.

3:56 What do you do when you feel like you let someone down? These things happen and these are real fears. It's the fear of experiencing these emotions that keep us from doing things.

4:41 Let me tell you how I handled this. In that moment, I took responsibility for making a mistake. By me being humble and vulnerable allowed my nephew to accept my apology.

6:48 How does this translate to business? I had a client I talked to recently who is dealing with this in her business. My client's business started taking off and becoming successful, and her business started going in the wrong direction. Her business partners and collaborators called her out on it and she started feeling humiliated like she let those people down.

8:48 This experience was a wake-up call that I'm doing too much and taking on too much. I'm not allowing myself to be in the present. For my client, that feeling was a reminder to check in and re-evaluate her mission. She also had to take responsibility for where she was at that point.

10:53 People don't expect you to have all the answers. They don't. And to pretend that we do is exhausting. When you ask for help, they feel more connected to you.

12:35 Letting someone down and then reconnecting with them builds a stronger bond with them. If you handle this experience in the right way, it will be a blessing in disguise.

13:43 Are you in a situation similar to this? How has it impacted you? Please share your story, I'd love to get to know you better. Share it in the Facebook community.

[bctt tweet="In that moment, I took responsibility for making a mistake. #profitparty" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Can I share with you the most embarrassing thing I've done recently?
  • Humiliation and letting people down happen and these are real fears.
  • I had a client I talked to recently who is dealing with this in her business.
  • People don't expect you to have all the answers.
  • When you ask for help, they feel more connected to you.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Today we're talking about influencers and celebrities. You may have a mindset block about contacting influencers and celebrities you want to reach out to pitch or contact for other reasons. I've got mindset work for you so let's hop into this episode and help you get where you want to go.

IN THIS EPISODE

00:24 How to pitch to influencers and celebrities and not being intimidated. This question was prompted by Maggie in the Facebook group.

1:20 Mindset is all about breaking down the story we're telling ourselves and seeing a different perspective.

1:46 My son's friend and his family know Kid Rock and I use this example of how creating a normalcy around celebrities breaks down the barrier surrounding those people.

3:59 Are you creating a wall or barrier between you and that celebrity or influencer?

4:53 Instead of focusing on what they have that you don't, and the celebrity status they have, switch it up. Think of what you have in common. If you can hone in on those commonalities, then that will help you increase your own momentum to getting to where they are at.

6:26 Mindset on getting to the place where they're at is making a list of differences and similarities. When you start to list differences, those are going to be big neon flags about where you're lying to yourself and your insecurities.

7:50 If you need to build your confidence, work on that and build yourself up. Look in the mirror and take one thing you like and compliment yourself.

8:45 If we're going to appreciate other people, we need to build up the confidence in ourselves and bring us closer to them. It can be looks, success, parenting, etc.

10:32 Give yourself credit for the successes that you've already achieved. First, you need to appreciate what you've achieved and then the other things you want are coming to you. There may be ways that you're more successful than the celebrity or influencer.

12:47 When you list the differences, it creates a gap. When you list the similarities, it brings you closer together.

13:40 By working on these things, you're on the way to getting to where you want to be. If you set your desire and your intention, you will be successful. You have to keep your focus meter in the right direction.

14:50 We all have something to learn from everyone else. We all have something to share and give. What can you give that influencer that you want to reach out and contact? Put yourself in their shoes. How would you want someone to approach you? You'd probably want to have a normal conversation with them.

16:40 Remember to compliment and not fan girl. Compliment their work, dedication, effort, the movement they've created and tell them why. Be interested and not interesting. A natural flow of conversation is give and take. Don't be desperate. Sometimes it might take a while because they might have a team who is acting as a gatekeeper.

If it's not meant to be, it's only because something better is on its way. Step out of your comfort zone because miracles happen there.

[bctt tweet="Be confident in yourself and your success." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Mindset is all about breaking down the story we're telling ourselves and seeing a different perspective.
  • If you need to build your confidence, work on that and build yourself up.
  • Give yourself credit for the successes that you've already achieved.
  • Remember to compliment and not fan girl.
  • If it's not meant to be, it's only because something better is on its way.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

You have SO much going on in your business, run two or three different schedules AND want to stay on top of your work, and the work for your own business. You have a to-do list a mile long and want to be more PRODUCTIVE.

Girl, you need to listen to this episode. I get into ways to help you do more with the time you've got.

IN THIS EPISODE

1:47 Are you looking to get more done? I know you, you're an overachiever, there's a to-do list a mile long and you want to get more done. Pay attention to this episode.

3:28 Use your calendar for everything. If it's not on your calendar, then it's not important so put everything on there. Google calendar integrates with everything. If you're a paper and pen person, that's awesome. Just make sure you've got everything on your calendar.

4:41 When you're scheduling your week, make sure you schedule some white space for the things that happen to come up and the fires that need to get put out.

5:11 Being mindful of the way you schedule and starting the habit of putting everything on the calendar, you'll be aware of how much you get done in a day or week. You have a lot going on and a lot of schedules you're managing. You only have 24 hours in the day. Getting mindful of that allows space for yourself.

6:12 Time blocking. Pomodoro method is 50 minutes to do a task and then 10 minutes to create space, take a walk, get a drink of water and go back to your work. Your tasks will expand to the time you allow it. If you give yourself boundaries, you'll be more aware of the time you use.

7:43 I like time blocking or time chunking for things that take you longer. When you're scheduling out your week, you know the length of time something takes you, then you give yourself time to do that task.

8:53 Another way to use time blocks is to batch things that are similar in what you need to do. If it makes more sense to batch things, then put them together in one day or one block and chunk it together for the week or month, then it's done.

10:10 When we multitask, it's not as effective. You can never really focus on more than one thing at a time. Our brains have to switch focus and catch up. When you add up those seconds that you're losing in productivity time because you're switching gears so many times, it takes mental energy. When you multitask, it takes a mental toll. How do you keep that mental energy? You stay hyper-focused and become intentional about your tasks.

14:09 Create boundaries for your intentional time. Set an autoresponder on your email letting people know what to expect. If you've got office hours and allow others to know when you're working, then reiterate how and when you will communicate with clients so they know when they can get in touch with you.

16:08 Know that you don't have to have it all set out straight away. Do one week and then you'll know how it goes and you can adjust the next week.

17:03 If you aren't using something like Calendly or Acuity (my fave) to schedule with clients or set up coffee chats with others, it makes the whole scheduling thing that much easier. It gives you full control of your calendar.

18:18 If you want support or ideas on how to do this better, head to the Profit Party Community and talk with the other girls there.

[bctt tweet="If it's not on your calendar, then it's not important so put everything on there." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • If it's not on your calendar, then it's not important so put everything on there.
  • Being mindful of the way you schedule.
  • Batch things that are similar in what you need to do.
  • Create boundaries for your intentional time.
  • Use a scheduling tool.

EPISODE RESOURCES

affiliate links present

Calendly

Acuity

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

When life gets out of control and you feel like you're in the middle of a storm, what do you do?

There are things we can do to gain control. Keeping your vibe up will allow the law of attraction to work in your favor. Listen now to find out how to regain control of your life.

THIS EPISODE IS SPONSORED BY: THE PROFIT PARTY ACADEMY If you've been in business for a few years and have hit a plateau, you're ready to make more money, and you're stuck, Tonya Rineer's Profit Party Academy is designed specifically for you. She wants to help you break down limiting beliefs and mindset blocks to set you up to rock in your business.

The group academy will be a mix of group calls, mastermind and calls with Tonya. If you want more information, RSVP for her Profit Party Academy.

IN THIS EPISODE

2:23 When the world starts to go haywire, and you start to feel tired, emotional drained and out of balance, all these things lead to the feeling that nothing seems to be going great.

3:23 Once we get into that groove and we're in that place where nothing seems to go well, we attract more of that negativity. The law of attraction comes into play, maybe it's Mercury, maybe things are just happening. When this happens, you can't get out of that funk.

4:58 So what do you do? You can't control things outside of yourself. You can control what you're thinking, what you're feeling and what's immediately around you - your thoughts and your actions.

6:00 If you're feeling out of control, look around you. If you're in your car, is it messy? Does it need to be cleaned? If you're at your house, do you need to clean the room you're in? When you're in an environment you're in control of, and it's a mess, you can clean it up which will help you gain control.

8:01 What can you do that's been eating at you and what can you do to fix it? If you've got an element that's in control, it's going to make you feel better to clean up what you are in control of.

8:32 We want to reach for a better feeling emotion, when you clean, you gain a feeling of accomplishment. It's going to naturally make you feel good and positive.

10:16 We need to reverse the downward spiral and make it spiral up.

10:30 What if you have a lot to do and you're overwhelmed with all the things you need to do? This is when you're laying in bed exhausted from all the things on your list. You're mentally drained. My method is to brain dump. I'm the queen of list making and it helps me compartmentalize.

12:22 Write down all the things you need to do. Any of those things you've got to do, then you can start to organize them and delegate them. You need to allow others in your life to help you accomplish things. Be careful not to scrutinize others or blame, that just makes things worse. Create a due date next to things that need to get done and prioritize by the date.

14:59 Sometimes you can look at the list and instead of delegate, you can let the universe take care of things and allow them to take care of themselves. Put them on another piece of paper and then come back to them. They're obviously not a priority and you can have faith that they'll get done. The simple act of writing things down makes a huge difference in letting go of holding tight to everything.

16:58 Remain in control of your thoughts and be aware of when they start to spiral down. When that starts, stop yourself from thinking that way. Do something that will help you feel in control and then bring other people into your world to help you stop the overwhelm. If you can do those things, you will create your own eye in the midst of the storm.

[bctt tweet="If you can do those things, you will create your own eye in the midst of the storm." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • When we're in that place where nothing seems to go well, we attract more of that negativity.
  • If you're feeling out of control, look around you to see what you CAN control.
  • Write down all the things you need to do.
  • Remain in control of your thoughts and be aware of when they start to spiral down.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Something must be wanky with the universe right now. Do you know what it is? Mercury is in retrograde. I know it's not just me, because I've been hearing it from others. It's kind of like when there's a full moon.

How do you react when things are crazy because of astrology? Here are a few practical ways to keep moving forward.

IN THIS EPISODE

1:48 Something must be wanky with the universe right now. I know it's not just me, because I've been hearing it from others. It's kind of like when there's a full moon.

2:25 There are freaking things that happen and an example from when I worked at a gentleman's club and experienced really weird behaviors.

5:24 There's something about the astrology in the universe that affects our behaviors. One of those things is Mercury being in retrograde when this episode airs. This means when Mercury slows down, it looks like it comes to a stand still or goes backward.

7:11 What does that mean for us? It controls technology and people's sense of time. The beginning of the month a transformer blew and it cut electricity. Then I hit a wrong button and I deleted half of my email list. Anything that can go wrong, has gone wrong.

10:21 If we aren't careful and we can't remove ourselves internally, maybe we start to question ourselves. Sometimes you have to rise above it. I'm not a big fan in blaming people, but I do blame Mercury. I could internalize, but instead, how do you reach for that next emotion to externalize it?

12:30 This period of crazy is a good reminder to slow down and give yourself more time. Everything on your to do list that keeps growing is not that important. We all have the same amount of time. It's what we do with that time and how we intentionally prioritize.

14:06 Backup your files. If you're sitting down at your computer to work on something important, set up a reminder to do something important. This will save you from having to restore things or rewrite them.

15:45 Create white space and give yourself time to reflect on what is work, what's not working. You can reflect on how you're loving yourself and taking the time for things that matter the most. You can ask if you're going to bed and feeling guilty or if you're pushing feelings down and ignoring them. I'm giving myself permission to not be perfect. I give myself time to get messy and be human, to make mistakes and be a little chaotic sometimes. This is also a good time to disconnect.

17:46 This is also a good time to detach. Do you lay in bed and look at your phone? We're always connected to the phone. Our excuse is that we have to do it for work, but what is it doing to you really? It creates a sense of overwhelm and takes you out of the position of control. There's nothing positive that comes out of that.

21:07 Take a step back and question if the world will crumble if something doesn't get done. Focus on what you feel like you need to get done. When that's done to your satisfaction, the move to the next priority.

22:04 Look at the Mercury calendar so that if you're planning a launch or something but, you know when it's coming. Avoid big things during this time.

23:09 Mercury is in retrograde April 9 - May 3, August 12 - September 5, December 2 - 22, 2017, and March 22 - April 15, July 25 - August 18, November 16 - December 6, 2018.

[bctt tweet="Mercury is in retrograde, what does that mean for us? #profitpartypodcast" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Something must be wanky with the universe right now.
  • What does that mean for us?
  • This period of crazy is a good reminder to slow down and give yourself more time.
  • Focus on what you feel like you need to get done. When that's done to your satisfaction, the move to the next priority.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Are you letting go, or are you holding tightly to negative thoughts and bringing your vibe down? Have you thought about what's your vibe coming across as desperate or are you relaxed and welcoming any money coming your way?

Go a little deeper in this episode with me, Tonya Rineer, as we create higher vibes through letting go.

THIS EPISODE IS SPONSORED BY: THE PROFIT PARTY ACADEMY If you've been in business for a few years and have hit a plateau, you're ready to make more money, and you're stuck, Tonya Rineer's Profit Party Academy is designed specifically for you. She wants to help you break down limiting beliefs and mindset blocks to set you up to rock in your business.

The group academy will be a mix of group calls, mastermind and calls with Tonya. If you want more information, RSVP for her Profit Party Academy.

IN THIS EPISODE 2:02 I want to dig into emotions and feelings - do they match? We so often think we believe that things are happening in our favor that clients are coming our way and that we'll have enough money to pay off all our bills. We hear things like me telling you what to believe, and to tell the universe what you want, but do you really believe it? Is there an undertone of worry? Are you telling yourself that it would be really nice to have three more clients this week, are you thinking about not having them, or are you thinking about what it would be like to work with them?

Are you telling yourself that it would be really nice to have three more clients this week, are you thinking about not having them, or are you thinking about what it would be like to work with them?

3:44 Good things are happening as long as you're thinking positive thoughts about what it would be like to having those clients.

4:08 There's a balance that has to take place between thinking about have them and letting go and letting it happen. If you're clinging too tightly to what you want and what you desire, you're not giving the universe space to bring it to you. You have to know and trust that it will happen. Focus on the positive and the good things that are happening.

5:45 Focus on what is good. Focus on what it's like to have one client, to have the money to buy your daughter an ice cream cone. There are some people who would die to be where you're at right now.

6:43 In the challenge we just did in our private Facebook group, we talked about the emotional guidance scale. If you're feeling disappointment, insecure, desperate, you're going to attract situations that confirm those feelings. Using my son and his recent date is an example of the difference between being confident and thinking consistently about being confident. You can't think consistently about it because it needs the breathing room to come to you.

10:25 Think about it: what's your vibe coming across as desperate or are you relaxed and welcoming any money coming your way because you know that you're going to deliver great value? That's how businesses work. You want people to value you. People want to be a part of something positive. You have to be positive to attract people who want to be a part of that.

11:43 What level are you at right now? Do you have positive expectations about what's going to happen in your business. If not, you need to go through that challenge. You can sign up for the list and I'll run it again so you can go through it.

[bctt tweet="There's a balance that has to take place between thinking about have them and letting go and letting it happen." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * There's a balance that has to take place between thinking about have them and letting go and letting it happen. * Good things are happening as long as you're thinking positive thoughts about what it would be like to having those clients. * Focus on the positive and the good things that are happening.

EPISODE RESOURCES Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community - where every day is a party!

View Details

Limiting beliefs can be caused by past experiences. Did you know that your brain patterns can unconsciously dictate how you react to a situation based on a past experience?

They really can impact how you react and stop you from moving forward in your business. Listen in as I give examples and some homework to get you moving beyond your brain patterns.

THIS EPISODE IS SPONSORED BY: THE PROFIT PARTY ACADEMY If you've been in business for a few years and have hit a plateau, you're ready to make more money, and you're stuck, Tonya Rineer's Profit Party Academy is designed specifically for you. She wants to help you break down limiting beliefs and mindset blocks to set you up to rock in your business.

The group academy will be a mix of group calls, mastermind and calls with Tonya. If you want more information, RSVP for her Profit Party Academy.

IN THIS EPISODE

1:46 Shout out to those lovely ladies who have left reviews on Itunes - thank you!

3:03 We're diving into patterns today, how your past experiences trigger negative emotions create patterns. Past experiences can create intuition, which you should listen to, but they can also leave brain patterns.

3:40 Past experiences like a trauma, heartbreak, shame or neglect are wounding, especially when you're a young child, a teen or young adult. When we experience those emotions, it creates patterns and we unconsciously make decisions based on those brain patterns.

4:46 Without even realizing what we're doing, we're avoiding pain.

5:02 What is keeping you small? What is keeping you from making the money?

6:39 I share how an experience with a car following her at night last week impacted her. It also brought out a memory of a car following her when she was 19 years old. The feeling and fear of vulnerability has stuck with her so she's uber aware of her surroundings. It's because of that situation and experience. In this situation, it's a good thing because it's protecting me. That's what brain patterns, do they protect us.

10:08 What happens when your protection mechanisms are keeping you from moving forward in your business? That's where your brain patterns are creating blocks for you. Perhaps it came in the form of someone letting you down, or you felt deep disappointment and pain. This could lead you to not do things in your business that could cause you the same feelings.

11:46 I have a client who wrote a paper in middle school that was beyond her grade level and her teach read it and said she must have cheated. The client had put all her energy and love into the paper and the result was that it backfired. She felt embarrassed and sad that the teacher didn't believe her. The experience left a scar. They work through this experience in coaching and to know that it's okay to be an overachiever. This person has allowed herself to stay small and not overachieve, because of fear.

14:39 I have another client who partnered with someone in business. Together her and her partner did great things and it was perfect. And then the person pulled out. And it brought back feelings of abandonment which replicated the feelings of when her parents had divorced and she felt abandoned. With those emotions, she went into a depression and a slump. She and I had to work through the fact that these are brain patterns and they are not things that she could control. They had to do some detective work to find out that the partner had personal things going on and it really wasn't about the relationship between my client and her partner.

18:20 What pain might you be avoiding in your business? What fear are you trying to circumvent? Are you afraid of abandonment, pain, fear? Go down that trail and think about what the first time you felt those feelings. As yourself the question and when you get to that memory, realize that that's a pattern. I can dismantle this memory and rewrite it in my head.

21:28 It's going back to those memories and finding out things that maybe you didn't know and having a new perspective. You can move your brain patterns around and you can face those today.

[bctt tweet="Past experiences can create intuition and they can also leave brain patterns." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Your past experiences trigger negative emotions which create patterns.
  • Without even realizing what we're doing, we're avoiding pain.
  • What happens when your protection mechanisms are keeping you from moving forward in your business?
  • Go down that trail and think about what the first time you felt those negative feelings.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

You want your husband to support you and your business. How can you gain this support and what words or actions do you take to get that support you crave? Tonya has key phrases, actions, and steps you can take to get the support you want as you work with your husband.

IN THIS EPISODE

1:48 How long does it take to train a husband? When you're running a business, and getting the business off the ground, and you think about business all the time. There's way too much going on to vocalize all these things to your husband all the time.

3:27 What happens when your husband who is super supportive, either your husband is supporting you and your family, or maybe it's just a business you're running for yourself, is saying "show me the money." You want to commit 100 percent and you want to build your business.

4:33 Focus your energy and your love on the one thing that's going to move you forward.Think about the feeling of when someone loves on what you're doing. Tune into that feeling and that emotion. If you have that light inside you and you know this is going to work, all the other things are just a distraction, tune in and focus on the positive feeling you get when someone loves you. That feeling is your new happy place.

8:39 Here's what you do to get your husband to a place where he's supporting you. Talk to him about things that are relevant and timely. Those important events, clients, and conversations that are going to move your business forward now. Ask him what he things. Let him know what you're doing in your business.

9:23 Allow him to aid in some of the investment decisions. This can be controversial and it's a personal decision between the two of you. If you're an emotional spender, those emotions are usually excuses. You don't have to spend the money to look professional enough, gain more experiences or learn more. The truth is, people buy people. Look at what you have now, and see if you can make money with what you have now.

11:47 Celebrating your wins. If you're a go-getter, it's so easy to stop and forget that those little baby steps are wins. Anytime something happens in your business, you should be stopping to celebrate it. Focus on the good things that have happened in your business. If you focus on the wins, that's turning negative energy into positive energy. If you give your husband the role of cheerleader, he can focus on the good things. Give him cards of things that he can ask you about.

14:59 Communicate openly. Business is emotional and words matter. If you are sitting with him and he uses the word "if", that can be devastating. If you catch him saying things to you that are hurting you or that are a buzzkill, tell him "not if, but when". By changing the words, it's going to change momentum.

16:55 Create mini goals together that when you meet them, it will feel amazing. Reach as high as you can, and what goal feels possible and then go a little bigger. Go to where it's a bit of a stretch. Write that goal down and work on those together.

18:45 Make a vision board. Get the family involved and create something to get you all excited.

18:54 Baby steps is progress. Every little step puts you a little further into making progress on your goals. As long as you are making progress, you're doing everything right. Enjoy that feeling.

[bctt tweet="Focus your energy and your love on the one thing that's going to move you forward." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • What happens when your husband is saying "show me the money."
  • Allow him to aid in some of the investment decisions.
  • If you give your husband the role of cheerleader, he can focus on the good things.
  • Create mini goals together that when you meet them, it will feel amazing.

EPISODE RESOURCES

The Fun Way Manifest More Money this Month

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Stacy Tuschl is joining Tonya today to talk about paying yourself, how to pinpoint a starting point if you've got too many ideas and Stacy's She's Building Her Empire.

Listen for great conversation as Tonya and Stacy dive deep into some great topics.

Stacy Tuschl is a High-Performance Coach & Business Mentor, Best-Selling Author, Speaker, and the Creator of She’s Building Her Empire Podcast & Community where she helps purpose-driven women entrepreneurs and business owners break through their challenges, operate at their highest potential and create self-sustaining businesses. Stacy is highly passionate about helping women unapologetically be themselves and create a legacy they can be proud of.

IN THIS EPISODE

1:49 This episode's guest is Stacy Tuschl. Her passion for igniting the world and helping women entrepreneurs build a legacy they can be proud of in their business.

3:30 Stacy's family is important to her and they are both close in proximity and her sister is her general manager for her brick and mortar of her business.

6:12 Stacy has always been surrounded by women with her sisters, her daughters, and female employees. She also has a business geared towards females and credits that with her understanding how to work with women.

7:07 With running several successful businesses, she shares about how it took five years to pay herself and the struggle of growing a business. Big expenses pop up and as you make more, you spend more. Money is still a constant fight to make sure she's making enough to cover those expenses. And it also gives her an empathy for her coaching clients who are having struggles with money. Because she's still concerned over money sometimes too.

9:40 In the beginning, Stacy felt guilty about paying herself because she was constantly reinvesting in the business. Being forced by her CPA to pay herself lifted a huge weight off of her and found she cared more about the money coming in because she was getting something for herself. It made her business better and stronger when she started to care more about the money coming in.

11:15 Growing up in an entrepreneurial family, it wasn't something that was expected, but when she realized that she had a passion, her family truly supported her. Having a community of having people who get you is huge in business. Stacy has built a community with her dance school and with her online business.

13:12 Her biggest struggle is believing those who doubted her. Her downfall was seeing it as a side hustle. She had to stop treating the business as a hobby and looked at it as a business and that's when it took off.

13:54 Stacy has always been a leader and naturally transitioned into coaching entrepreneurs. She loves business and loves talking about it. She started talking locally with other business leaders. When someone had asked her to talk about business, it took her a while to recognize that she could do it as a business and make money from it.

15:42 When you want to share your gift and people will ask us for the information. We think our gift has to fit a mold and sometimes lose what our gifts are. Stacy's coaching is helping them uncover what they're good at and help them move forward. It doesn't have to be perfect but just get started.

18:26 If you have a couple things that you're looking at doing, what is it that will bring money in the quickest. What do you think is actually going to sell. It can't be completely you, but it has to also be about the people you want to serve. It's a relationship where each person is satisfied.

19:48 Stacy has her year planned out for what's next from She's Building Her Empire, but loves to follow a great idea when it comes. She's starting a Facebook Live TV show where she loves to give out information. She's cutting back on her launches while having them mapped out throughout the year. Having evergreen products is important for her to continue growing passive income.

22:54 Finding a balance is a journey and finding that balance is a good thing. Finding out what you're good at is important while focusing on what you are doing. Reverse engineering your goals is important as you create your plans. Stacy is working to sticking with one strategy and then making changes to make that strategy work well.

25:40 Raising daughters to who are confident, strong women is something that Stacy is concious of. She wants to lead by example for her daughters, her lifestyle and interactions with them to reflect how great it is to be an entrepreneur but allowing them to make that choice by themselves. Also, being aware of the things that she's telling her girls. She doesn't want to limit her girls' beliefs and teach them great values. She wants her girls to think the sky is the limit and she can do what she wants to do. In co-parenting, you have to be on the same page and make sure you're giving the same message.

29:18 Stacy's words for her girls are: I want my girls to see what I've created. You can do whatever you want to do, if you don't know how to do it, there's someone out there who does. All of these are skills that can be mastered. You learn and you get better and if you don't love it, you outsource.

[bctt tweet="She cared more about the money coming in because she was getting paid by her business. #profitgoals" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Stacy's passion for igniting the world and helping women entrepreneurs build a legacy they can be proud of in their business.
  • With running several successful businesses, she shares about how it took five years to pay herself and the struggle of growing a business
  • If you have a couple things that you're looking at doing, what is it that will bring money in the quickest.
  • Raising daughters who are confident, strong women is something that Stacy is concious of.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

CONTINUE THE PARTY WITH STACY

She's Building Her Empire Facebook group

She's Building Her Empire Podcast

Stacy's Website

View Details

Sometimes you see series of numbers, but did you know they might have meanings? Tonya describes angel numbers and how they can be influential in your business and a powerful encouragement throughout your day.

IN THIS EPISODE 2:09 Getting spiritual and talking a little woowoo today in this episode. Tonya dives into number sequences. Today she's talking about angel numbers and how they relate to number sequences.

3:19 Tonya explains what angel numbers are. Your angels are trying to get you to pay attention to something and send you a message. If you consistently see numbers in sequences, look it up.

4:10 What the series of 1's mean - a message from your angel to be aware of your thoughts that they are quickly manifesting into real life. Thoughts becoming reality. It's a reminder that you have to focus your thoughts into positivity. Your energy goes on what you're focusing on.

5:32 Angel number 222 - the message is to stay strong in your personal truths. All is being worked out for the highest good of all. The evidence of your manifestations are coming to fruition.

6:10 If you're running your business working alone, it's really easy to forget that there are who need you. At the time she was seeing these, she felt really alone. These numbers helped her not feel alone.

8:33 A series of 3's - the ascended masters are near you. Keep faith in humanity for a while, live your truths and live your life as a whole.

10:40 Angel number 555 talks about changes that will bring about long-awaited circumstances. It's time to let go of the old that is no longer serving you. Release old doubts and ask for help from your angels. Keeping a positive attitude and an open mind presenting itself. The reasons for the changes may not be apparent.

[bctt tweet="Seeing a series of numbers consistently might mean more than you think." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * Seeing a series of numbers consistently might mean more than you think. * If you consistently see numbers in sequences, look it up, it could be telling you something. * What different series of numbers mean.

EPISODE RESOURCES Angel Number website

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Manifesting is great when you want to see your big goals and dreams become reality. Tonya walks through the big action steps for you to get you started manifesting big things.

IN THIS EPISODE

3:00 Tonya takes you back to a story of how she manifested a big goal and how it became a reality in her life. She's moving into her happy place that she used to visualize and uses when she meditates.

6:20 Sharing this story puts into practice and proves that what Tonya uses in her formula videos is real. Vibes are scientifically proven which is why she uses this method to attract and raise her vibes.

7:47 You have to be able to articulate what it is you want to manifest. What do you want in detail? Take a minute and feel it. What does that do to you?

8:45 Practice acting as if you already have it. Act like you've already got it and meditate on that. If you're looking to manifest a certain amount in your bank account, what would that look like?

10:15 If you're looking to manifest something huge, you'll have to do it frequently.

10:30 Take action. If you want to speed up that process and make the law of attraction work for you, meet the universe half way. Don't sit around and wait for it to happen because that's going to take a lot longer. Make the moves to do what can be done to get you closer to where you want to be.

12:20 Actually allowing it to happen is hard. You have to put the intention out there, act as if you've already achieved it, and then you have to forget about it. Sit and wait and allow it to come to you.

14:00 Appreciate the little things. It's easy to get frustrated. To keep your focus positive. Find little things to ask the universe for and when it comes, be appreciate it. Tonya likes to say "we're abundant". The more you switch to a positive mood, the more you see happening. It becomes easier to manifest big goals and big dreams.

[bctt tweet="Take action. Work on what you want to manifest and it will happen sooner." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Tonya takes you back to a story of how she manifested a big goal and how it became a reality in her life.
  • You have to be able to articulate what it is you want to manifest.
  • Take action.
  • Actually allowing it to happen is hard.
  • Appreciate the little things.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Getting visibility and guest appearances on podcasts are a great way to grow your business, but do you know how to get booked? Tonya's guest, Jessica Rhodes, is a master at this topic and we're so excited for her to share her knowledge with us!

Jessica is the founder and CEO of InterviewConnections.com, the premier Guest Booking agency for podcasters and guest experts, and she is the acclaimed author of Interview Connections: How to #RockThePodcast From Both Sides of the Mic!

Jessica is the host of Interview Connections TV, where each week she helps her viewers rock the podcast from both sides of the mic. She hosts/co-hosts three podcasts: Rhodes to Success, The Podcast Producers and The Parenting Rhodes. The Podcast Producers was selected by Apple as a “How to Podcast” show in iTunes and has also been included in the syllabus for a course about podcasting and audio journalism at Western University in Ontario, Canada.

Jessica is has been a speaker at Podcast Movement, Podfest.us and Dream Business Academy. She lives in Rhode Island with her husband and two kids.

THIS EPISODE IS SPONSORED BY: THE PROFIT PARTY ACADEMY If you've been in business for a few years and have hit a plateau, you're ready to make more money, and you're stuck, Tonya Rineer's Profit Party Academy is designed specifically for you. She wants to help you break down limiting beliefs and mindset blocks to set you up to rock in your business.

The group academy will be a mix of group calls, mastermind and calls with Tonya. If you want more information, RSVP for her Profit Party Academy.

IN THIS EPISODE 2:00 Tonya binge listened to Jessica's podcast in order to learn everything she needed to know before starting the Profit Party podcast.

4:25 Before things were amazing, there were hiccups and there still are hiccups. Jessica shares her stories of bumps in the road and how she got started in her entrepreneur journey.

5:00 When Jessica got pregnant, she quit her job at a non-profit. Her dad told her about being a virtual assistant. Her dad was her first client. She didn't think about how much money she needed to make when she quit her job.

8:30 Her and her husband made decisions to live the "perfect" lifestyle and found that it came with the high price tag. They had a lot of credit card debt and made changes since facing their debt 8-10 months ago. They started following Dave Ramsey's plan to start cutting down on their debt.

10:00 The slippery slope of using credit cards. Jessica remembers getting her first credit card at her college. It's an emotional roller coaster to build a business and not have the income and money to pay for things. You don't want to not spend money because you feel like you're on a money diet.

12:53 Four years is how long it takes to get money coming in, get the right team members and have momentum going in your business. Jessica feels like she's at that point and it takes a while to get that business going. How well a business is going and what happens before the success

13:37 People see from the outside that the business is going well, but people don't see how much the entrepreneur is paying themselves and what happens before the success. There's so many changes that have to be made when you have a mindset shift when you decide not to buy things that you don't need. It's like going on a diet, it takes a bit see changes. You have to celebrate the little wins and build up for a big reward. For Jessica, paying off the debt and her reward will be getting a bathroom on her second floor.

15:45 Jessica started out as a virtual assistant for her dad. She checked links, categorized videos, client support, and Pinterest marketing. That's when she started getting into the podcast booking with her dad asking her to book him on podcasts.

16:53 Her transition from the door to door canvassing director for a non-profit, to an online business owner was a great advantage to her as she started working at podcast pitching.

18:00 Pitching big podcasters and not knowing who the big celebrities are in the online world. Fan girling the online celebrities and how we view the celebrities in the US culture. Talk to online celebrities like a peer and they'll be more likely to help you out and work with you.

20:14 The mindset of aspiring to be like those we look up to, we create a barrier of what we perceive our capabilities to be. If we copy what we like about them, we can act like them and take on those personality traits, it's easier to talk to them when you meet them.

21:47 Jessica tries to demystify the celebrities with her work. The huge celebrities are not the ones who will help you get where you need to be. She hit 6 figures and she had an email list of 200. Her view is that she'd rather be making a lot of money instead of being famous. Focus on making money in your business and the fame will come at that point.

24:24 Pick the people you're listening to and make sure they are actually making money and are successful. Focus on your own stuff.

25:07 What to focus on and how to get started podcasting. You're not going to be good when you first start. Record a few episodes and they might not be good, but just get started. You don't have to be marketing on every platform. When you blog, video, and podcast, there are pros and cons to putting out that much content. You have to make sure your podcast will fit in well with your business. Either interviewing clients and have great guest co-hosts.

30:37 When you first get on a call to podcast with them, break the ice and start talking before recording. That's really where you'll make or break the show. The goal is to have good chemistry with the guest and host.

32:38 Why Jessica decided to pick the service of hooking up podcasters and guests as her core service. She looked at what had the greatest potential for growth and money.

33:57 How she started pitching podcasts by looking at iTunes and emailing the hosts. She loves the excitement when her clients get booked on a podcast.

34:50 If you're bootstrapping your podcast pitching, listen to Jessica's podcast episodes on pitching podcasts. Come up with a one sheet and give podcasters something they can look at when you pitch them. Jessica is giving a free one sheet to the listeners which you can get on her website with the code publicity. Podcasters don't want to know why you're a great guest, they want to know what great content they will get from you.

[bctt tweet="Focus on making money in your business and the fame will come at that point." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * Jessica shares her stories of bumps in the road and how she got started in her entrepreneur journey. * Focus on making money in your business and the fame will come at that point. * Talk to online celebrities like a peer and they'll be more likely to help you out and work with you. * If you're bootstrapping your podcast pitching, listen to Jessica's podcast episodes on pitching podcasts.

EPISODE RESOURCES Pat Flynn

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

CONTINUING THE PARTY WITH JESSICA: Jessica's website

Jessica's Facebook

Jessica's book Interview Connections: How to #RockThePodcast From Both Sides of the Mic!

View Details

How does spending money on yourself make you feel? Tonya digs into why feelings are important when it comes to spending and how you can change your mindset through giving yourself an abundance allowance. Check out the episode as she coaches you through being okay with spending money on yourself.

THIS EPISODE IS SPONSORED BY: THE PROFIT PARTY ACADEMY If you've been in business for a few years and have hit a plateau, you're ready to make more money, and you're stuck, Tonya Rineer's Profit Party Academy is designed specifically for you. She wants to help you break down limiting beliefs and mindset blocks to set you up to rock in your business.

The group academy will be a mix of group calls, mastermind and calls with Tonya. If you want more information, RSVP for her Profit Party Academy.

IN THIS EPISODE 1:55 Do you spend money on yourself? If you do, how does it make you feel?

2:13 Why Tonya always asks how you feel. Why when you aren't tuned into how you feel can get you into trouble.

3:43 Being afraid of spending money on yourself. Pay attention to how you feel in these situations.

5:00 In business, should you invest in certain situations. There should be things you should be spending on yourself and that make you feel good.

6:33 If something makes you feel decadent, you should be spending that money on yourself. It's self-love and if you spend that on others, but not yourself, you're telling yourself that you don't allow that.

7:20 If you feel like you can't spending money on yourself, give yourself an abundance allowance. Start small and give yourself $5. You're getting into the habit of self-love and be in tune with yourself.

8:30 You have to be the one to start putting yourself first. And start showing yourself that you are important. Don't just do things that only cost you time, spend money on yourself and indulge in that way.

9:27 What number feels comfortable to you. If it's a number that's uncomfortable, bring it down. However, if it's a number that you could spend every day, then go up. When you get outside of your comfort zone, that's a good amount where you give yourself permission to indulge and buy something impulsive.

11:36 Tonya's challenge is to give yourself an allowance. If you want to continue this conversation with Tonya, leave a comment or find her on social media. Also, leave an Itunes review so others can find the podcast.

[bctt tweet="Abundance is possible once you realize what it means for you." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * Why Tonya always asks how you feel. * There should be things you should be spending on yourself and that make you feel good. * Give yourself permission to indulge.

EPISODE RESOURCES Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

You are enough. The only thing stopping you from doing what you really want are your own limiting beliefs. In this episode, Tonya shares the story of Katherine Switzer who was the first female to complete the Boston Marathon race. 

She believed she could complete the race and she did.

THIS EPISODE IS SPONSORED BY: THE PROFIT PARTY ACADEMY If you've been in business for a few years and have hit a plateau, you're ready to make more money, and you're stuck, Tonya Rineer's Profit Party Academy is designed specifically for you. She wants to help you break down limiting beliefs and mindset blocks to set you up to rock in your business.

The group academy will be a mix of group calls, mastermind and calls with Tonya. If you want more information, RSVP for her Profit Party Academy.

View Details

Branding is the heart of a great business and Samantha Johnston is a brand designer and strategist for female entrepreneurs. She is a bootstrappin', pixie dust sprinklin' brand developer for female entrepreneurs who aren't afraid to dig in and get their hands dirty. With strategy, design and web she helps determined, self-taught, lady bosses, like you, realize their dreams of building a business with style, personality & heart. She works with ladies around the world, helping them create professional brands that don't break their budget or cause them to pull their hair out.

Her adoring fans and clients have called her "Tinkerbell with a whip. Great accountability sprinkled with pixie dust", "[the] push outside my comfort zone" and "an incredible coach and friend."

When she's not working you can find her hanging out with her kids, 100 lb lap dog and husband (most likely on a soccer field or at the park).

IN THIS EPISODE

0:40 Samantha Johnston works with female entrepreneurs to develop a fantastic first impression. She shares her experience dancing with Richard Simmons.

5:52 Samantha now spends time with her kids making last minute costumes and attending basketball.

9:33 Never finishing college has been a roadblock and limiting belief in Samantha's business and charging her worth. She kept herself small and stayed with what felt comfortable and kept with those who she thought could afford her.

11:20 She tied her self-worth to being self-taught and thought that she couldn't charge premium prices because she didn't finish school. Recently that has changed as she's let go of the limiting belief through realizing she can turn her story into a strength instead of a weakness.

13:52 The first time Samantha thought about letting go of the limiting belief, she was scared. After coffee chats with Tonya, Samantha sent a quote double of what she normally would charge it. Not having a piece of paper doesn't mean that she couldn't charge her worth.

17:15 Your value doesn't come from the piece of paper or the credentials. Your value is determined by the results you deliver. And that's what people pay for, they pay for the transformation.

18:21 Client relationships have greatly improved since she has raised her rates. She's niched down and works with clients she loves. She's taking the extra money and putting it back into providing better websites and giving fun client gifts. Her clients are happier and ones who shout from the rooftops about her services.

20:58 Samantha's manifesto says that everyone deserves to have a happy wonderful life doing what they love. This is what she wants to help people do.

22:08 How Samantha starts and creates her process of branding with new clients. She takes her clients to a deeper level by solidifying the personal side of the brand and what goes into it. She then goes into the brand and create the pretty graphics and add colors. She likes to help someone figure out their brand by asking interesting questions to figure out the heart of their business.

25:56 Tonya issues a challenge for listeners to give her the famous person and store that represents her business. The giveaway will take place in the Facebook group so if you aren't in the Profit Party Community, come join the community.

28:13 When Tonya was creating the branding for her interior design company, she created a different persona for her business because she didn't have a degree and was afraid that people would question her age and degree. Her new brand was created out of all her favorite things because that's what she wants to portray.

30:56 A brand is a business with heart. Anyone can have a business, you can slap on a logo and call it a business. When you take the time to investigate what it is that you're offering, those are the ones that last are the ones who add heart and bring people into the journey with them.

[bctt tweet="I realized I am worth it. #profitparty" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Samantha's limiting beliefs and how she's overcome them.
  • Her movement manifesto.
  • How she works with clients to develop the heart of their business through branding.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Sweating to the Oldies

Six Money Lies Women Should Give Up Now blog
Jessica Rasdall

CONTINUE THE PARTY WITH SAMANTHA

Neapolitan Creative
Pixie Success Collective Facebook Group

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Building a money funnel. We know we'll be earning money and spending it, so how are you building your funnel? Tonya gives actionable tips on how to create and manage your money funnel so you actually pay yourself first.

THIS EPISODE IS SPONSORED BY: THE PROFIT PARTY ACADEMY If you've been in business for a few years and have hit a plateau, you're ready to make more money, and you're stuck, Tonya Rineer's Profit Party Academy is designed specifically for you. She wants to help you break down limiting beliefs and mindset blocks to set you up to rock in your business.

The group academy will be a mix of group calls, mastermind and calls with Tonya. If you want more information, RSVP for her Profit Party Academy.

IN THIS EPISODE 2:04 The reason why Tonya calls it a money funnel is because it sounds better than a budget or spending plan. It's important to build a good one.

2:36 How do you know that you are planning correctly? In her experience, women throw themselves into building a business and it takes time to get to the point of saving money or spending money on ourselves, instead of the business. What do you do when you feel like you are stuck on reinvesting into your business?

4:08 You create a plan so that instead of making emotional business spending choices.

6:26 At some point, you need to start paying yourself. Ask yourself, do you really, really need all the things you're spending money on.

7:15 Ask yourself what skill you want to learn, then buy a course. If you need a guide, then invest in a coach. Maybe you need to have an investment coach so they can help you figure out where to put your money so you can create your money funnel.

8:39 Please pay yourself. Even if it's not a whole lot, but it's something that gives you a sense of self-worth. Start small, but you need to do something.

9:02 Building a visibility plan. At this point you're looking to network and possibly increase your marketing budget. Which is good, but you have to create a plan for it. Your expenses are then listed out in a list of priority. You delegate money for each of your expenses.

10:57 You create goals of where you want to put your money and then figure out what you have to do to make the money to meet those goals.

11:30 You can also figure out where most of your income is coming from. When you know where your income comes from, you can spend time growing those areas. If your income comes from courses, maybe you create another course. If it's products, figure out where you're selling the products.

12:08 Having a snapshot is extremely valuable. If you don't have one, please do this work. It gives you the feeling of control and certainty in your business. You'll never have to worry about impulsive purchases or buyers remorse. You will also be able to contribute to your personal bank account which is why we're in business.

13:20 This is something we cover in the Profit Party Academy. If you're looking to have a coach and everything is about you. It will take you down the path of what it takes to make money. It's a much greater investment than 1 on 1 coaching, but the focus is on you.

[bctt tweet="Even if it's not a whole lot, pay yourself. It's gives you a sense of self-worth." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * It's important to build a good money funnel. * Pay yourself. * Create goals of where you want to put your money and then figure out what you have to do to make the money to meet those goals. * Having a snapshot of your money is extremely valuable.

EPISODE RESOURCES Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Legalizing your business is an important step, but one that is highly overlooked. Join Tonya with today's guest, Autumn Boyd, as they talk about creating legal birth control for your business, before it's too late.

Autumn is a lawyer who helps creative business owners protect their most valuable asset -- their intellectual property. She provides copyright and trademark strategy, contract negotiation, and problem solving. Her favorite thing is helping creatives grow their dream business with smart collaborations and deals. You can find Autumn in Chattanooga, TN hanging out with her three kids and husband, monogramming and putting glitter on anything that stays still, or sipping a glass of champagne after bedtime. Autumn also hosts the Legal Road Map podcast, which teaches business owners how to protect their rights and stay out of hot water.

THIS EPISODE IS SPONSORED BY: THE PROFIT PARTY ACADEMY If you've been in business for a few years and have hit a plateau, you're ready to make more money, and you're stuck, Tonya Rineer's Profit Party Academy is designed specifically for you. She wants to help you break down limiting beliefs and mindset blocks to set you up to rock in your business.

The group academy will be a mix of group calls, mastermind and calls with Tonya. If you want more information, RSVP for her Profit Party Academy.

IN THIS EPISODE 3:06 Autumn's college realization that she wasn't cut out for being a singer or journalist and how she came to the realization that the way to live a happy life is figure out what you and enjoy and what you're good at, and double down on that. Don't try to achieve things that you could but that would be a struggle.

5:36 She figured out that she didn't want to fight with other lawyers, and through her work with photographers and stock photography, changed to working for herself. She found the online community by happenstance and has been on her own for the last two years.

10:48 What it has been like for Autumn going out on her own, building her law firm, and adding a virtual assistant and systems to keep her business growing. She was worried that the revenue would keep coming in and worrying about making payments.

12:54 How Autumn prepared mentally and physically for maternity leave. She ran through the worst case scenario and realized that it would be okay in the end. She prepared her clients for her being gone at the end of her leave, and none of them left her.

17:20 She's in a growth phase with new clients coming on and adding to her team.

18:56 When the right time to protect your business can be and when to talk with a lawyer. She suggests someone who is certain of their business plan and has been in business for a while. It's possible to talk with a lawyer and talk about what is coming up, but it might not be necessary to spend thousands of dollars before you actually need to spend that money.

22:59 Milestones to talk with a lawyer are when you're hiring your first contractor, if you're opening a studio or have an office space you need to get protection or figure out if you have the right protection, and having contracts for business. Having a contract creates more freedom in your relationship because you already have it in writing.

27:55 Autumn has a 10 step process of things you can do to get your creative business legit. She's also got a podcast where she talks about more legal information.

[bctt tweet="Autumn provides birth control for your legal situations. #profitpartypodcast" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * Autumn's journey to being a lawyer and finding what she loved doing. * How Autumn prepared mentally and physically for maternity leave and realized her businesss and life would be okay in the end. * Milestones to talk with a lawyer. * Contracts are the most important thing you can do for your business. * How you live your days will impact how you live your life.

EPISODE RESOURCES Affiliate link present

Trello

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

CONTINUE THE PARTY WITH AUTUMN Autumn's website for her free 10 step check list to legalize your business

Autumn's Facebook page
Legal Road Map Podcast

View Details

How do you choose between a coach, a course, or a mastermind? In this episode, Tonya shares tips, tricks and tools to help you decide which is right for you.

And maybe you feel like you need all three - she's got an answer for that too!

THIS EPISODE IS SPONSORED BY: THE PROFIT PARTY ACADEMY If you've been in business for a few years and have hit a plateau, you're ready to make more money, and you're stuck, Tonya Rineer's Profit Party Academy is designed specifically for you. She wants to help you break down limiting beliefs and mindset blocks to set you up to rock in your business.

The group academy will be a mix of group calls, mastermind and calls with Tonya. If you want more information, RSVP for her Profit Party Academy.

IN THIS EPISODE

1:58 How to choose the right coach, course or mastermind. Tonya has the tips, tools, and tactics for making the right choice.

2:20 The whole process of growing your business can be looked at like going back to school. You only know what you know and you have to bring in help.

3:28 How do you choose the right one because there are so many options. When Tonya came into the online space having run a successful brick and mortar, and after having invested in various courses, she invested in a coach.

5:42 Think of getting started in business like getting ready for college. When you're picking classes, you need a guidance counselor. Think of a business coach like a counselor. Pick a coach that you have good chemistry with and you can share life with them.

Look for a coach who has experience in the field you want to pursue. Also look for someone who you like what they're doing and it feels authentic, matches your values and you want to learn how they are running their business. You want to feel like you're being held accountable.

Before you invest thousands in courses, invest in a coach.

11:12 Courses are an amazing supplement to your journey as an entrepreneur. They'll help you fill in the gaps to where your strengths are and where you could build up your weaknesses. But, you have to say no when you aren't at that particular spot yet.

12:50 Just because you have the strategy for your business, you need to apply mindset in your journey. As we're building this strategy and plan, we know what we should be doing, but we don't do it. Usually, that's because we're afraid and we're second guessing ourselves. We throw money at a course because we think that will help us feel ready. We need to do the mindset work to figure out what we're afraid of and we can build up ourselves through that work.

16:06 Masterminds are a great way to put what you know into practice and build on your skills. They can be seen as an alumni group for college. You want a mastermind that is tailored to your business a little bit. You want to collaborate and brainstorm for your business. It's also a great place to network.

17:15 What happens if you feel like you need a coach, a course and a mastermind. There are hybrid programs out there like the Profit Party Academy. There's going to be lessons, hot seats, and coaching.

18:50 Perspective clients are looking for a one-stop shop when it comes to coaches. If you're going to college, do you want to learn from the same professor, do you want to learn from one professor, probably not. Learning from multiple people will benefit you. If you hire a coach, have a plan and figure out what exactly it is you want to learn from them.

20:50 How Tonya works with her clients to set them up for success and then have them move on to the next best person for them. This is why she's constantly growing her network of resources so that it's not just about her, it's about what comes next for her clients. She makes referrals for her clients.

22:42 Before hiring a coach, do some clarity work.

Ask what you want to do. Money isn't an issue here.

Who do you want to work with and who is not your ideal client?

Where are your clients? This is more than what social media platform they are on, but where are they in life and where are they in their business journey.

When do they need you?

How do they want to work with you? This is tailoring your low-risk offer to get into their mindset.

After you've done this, tune into how you're feeling about it. How does the information make you feel? Decide I am the person to do this for them. Do you know what it's worth to them? Pick a price, if it's too high or too low, if that makes you anxious, then talk to Tonya who might be able to help. Or the Profit Party Academy might be a good fit for you.

[bctt tweet="How to choose the right coach, course or mastermind. #profitparty" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Tonya has the tips, tools, and tactics for making the right choice for choosing a coach, course or mastermind.
  • Think of getting started in business like getting ready for college.
  • What happens if you feel like you need a coach, a course and a mastermind.
  • The Profit Party Academy.
  • Before hiring a coach, do some clarity work.

EPISODE RESOURCES 013 - Does Your Why Make You Cry

012 - Why Women Have Limiting Beliefs

004 - Why You Need a Do Not List

018 - Finding You Low Risk Offer

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

In this episode, Tonya shares a personal story of when she realized she had a limiting belief and broke through into abundance. She also issues a challenge for you to do the same thing.

THIS EPISODE IS SPONSORED BY: THE PROFIT PARTY ACADEMY If you've been in business for a few years and have hit a plateau, you're ready to make more money, and you're stuck, Tonya Rineer's Profit Party Academy is designed specifically for you. She wants to help you break down limiting beliefs and mindset blocks to set you up to rock in your business.

The group academy will be a mix of group calls, mastermind and calls with Tonya. If you want more information, RSVP for her Profit Party Academy.

IN THIS EPISODE 1:52 Tonya shares why the day she recorded this episode was emotional and what being a mom teaches us about unconditional love.

4:20 How Tonya has found she has enough love for each of her children as she's raised her boys. She learned that she broke through her mind block into abundance when her second son was born.

6:16 The only way to challenge your limits is to push past them. Your limits are there because they are teaching you to work to get through them.

6:52 First you have to realize what those limits are.

7:02 Pay attention to your emotion. Everything we do is based on emotions and they tell us what to do. They are also cues for you to recognize what the right decisions are and where you need to move and push forward against a limit.

9:02 You can say affirmations to build yourself up to push past the limit and challenge your belief.

10:03 What is it that is holding you back? If this is something that you need to talk through, join the Facebook group to help you through them.

[bctt tweet="Abundance is possible. #profitparty" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * Abundance is possible. * How Tonya has found she has enough love for each of her children as she's raised her boys. * The only way to challenge your limits is to push past them. * Pay attention to your emotions. Everything we do is based on emotions and they tell us what to do.

EPISODE RESOURCES Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Have you ever wanted to write a book? Today's guest is Alexa Bigwarfe who walks through the writing and publishing process. She also talks about blocks and limiting beliefs that could be keeping you from writing a book.

Alexa Bigwarfe is a mother, author, and writer entrepreneur. She has written and/or edited and self-published five books and now uses that hard earned publishing knowledge to support other writers and small businesses at writepublishsell.co. She is also passionate about women's and children's health topics and has had more than 30 articles published in regional parenting magazines around the U.S. and Canada.

THIS EPISODE IS SPONSORED BY: THE PROFIT PARTY ACADEMY

If you've been in business for a few years and have hit a plateau, you're ready to make more money, and you're stuck, Tonya Rineer's Profit Party Academy is designed specifically for you. She wants to help you break down limiting beliefs and mindset blocks to set you up to rock in your business.

The group academy will be a mix of group calls, mastermind and calls with Tonya. If you want more information, RSVP for her Profit Party Academy.

IN THIS EPISODE

2:05 Introduction to Alexa Bigwarfe and how Alexa inadvertently participated in a Louis Vuitton smuggling ring.

6:58 How Alexa has always loved writing and how she got started in her writing career.

11:50 Alexa's passion for sharing information about Twin to Twin Transfusion Syndrome and educating on how to help grieving mothers. She also shares other topics she wants to write about and desire to share about other topics. She becomes vulnerable in dealing with a father with dementia and mothering three kids at the same time.

17:11 Allowing yourself to be a little controversial and vulnerable is a mindset issue that blocks a lot of people from writing. There are also abilities to write anonymously and still be able to share your own voice.

18:10 In order for us to clear the blocks and the negativity, there's always a fear of family. We're loyal to those we love and don't want to rock the boat, it's always an underlying question and a limiting belief that keeps us from following the fire that keeps us from doing what we want to do.

19:41 Sometimes the passion that we have is not supported by our families and for Alexa, it's kept her from growing as a business owner, but she's drawn a lot of strength from her community.

22:04 Alexa walks Tonya through the process of what it looks like to write a book. Alexa serves as a book coach for writers and loves to help train others in how to write their book. Depending on the level of need of the author will determine how much Alexa works with someone. She shares how it works to have a ghost writer or to use her training or book launching services.

27:15 What goals will look like in starting to write a book and creating the beginning outline. You have to understand what you want the book to look like from day one. Creating a cover is an important first step with writing and working towards goals for writing and marketing.

31:02 The beauty of Alexa's group coaching program in having a mastermind format with writing the books together. Also, she walks through the processes for those who are working on their own.

[bctt tweet="Alexas passion is to help others share their passion through writing. #profitparty" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • How Alexa has always loved writing and how she got started in her writing career.
  • Allowing yourself to be a little controversial and vulnerable is a mindset issue that blocks a lot of people from writing.
  • Alexa walks Tonya through the process of what it looks like to write a book.
  • What goals will look like in starting to write a book and creating the beginning outline.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Alexa's Publishing and Book Marketing Online Conference starts March 28

Sunshine After the Storm: a Survival Guide for Grieving Mothers

Lose the Cape: Realities from Busy Modern Moms and Strategies to Survive

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

CONTINUE THE PROFIT PARTY WITH ALEXA

Alexa's website Write Publish Sell
Alexa's Facebook page

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Creating a low-risk offer. It's the perfect thing to allow your potential clients or customers to get to know you and fall in love with you! Address fears and find out some creative low-risk offers inside this episode!

THIS EPISODE IS SPONSORED BY: THE PROFIT PARTY ACADEMY If you've been in business for a few years and have hit a plateau, you're ready to make more money, and you're stuck, Tonya Rineer's Profit Party Academy is designed specifically for you. She wants to help you break down limiting beliefs and mindset blocks to set you up to rock in your business.

The group academy will be a mix of group calls, mastermind and calls with Tonya. If you want more information, RSVP for her Profit Party Academy.

IN THIS EPISODE 1:52 Today's topic is low-risk offers. You might be familiar with this, and you might be doing great with your sales funnel, then awesome. Go to the next episode. But, if you are hearing excuses from those in your sales funnel or people need to check back with you, then something is missing with your funnel.

3:28 People are scared. If you're speaking to the right audience (if you aren't sure, listen to episode 17), but you're still getting objections because of fear, maybe people have worked with or bought from someone like you before and had a bad experience. If you think this is the case, you can ask them, what their previous experience was.

5:36 The better you know your client, and their mindset, the better you can create an offer.

5:57 Have a package where the potential client or customer can try you out. Have something that they can buy as a trial so they don't have buyers remorse.

7:34 Examples of how to create low-risk offers. Some of these might sound familiar, but there are some variety of offers and hopefully these will get your wheels spinning and allow you to learn more about how to offer a taste of you.

11:58 Allow others to see that you are worth the value you are offering. Try to look at your offer from your client's point of view.

13:11 If you need a bit more help figuring out your low-risk offer, you can join the Profit Party Academy!

[bctt tweet="Give your potential client or customer a sample of you and your offerings. #profitparty" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * But, if you are hearing excuses from those in your sales funnel, then something is missing with your funnel. * People are scared and they give objections because of fear. * The better you know your client, and their mindset, the better you can create an offer. * Have a package where the potential client or customer can try you out.

EPISODE RESOURCES Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

We're trained to tune into only the messages that apply to us.

So how do you focus your energy on reaching your ideal audience?

Are you afraid of putting your message out there?

Is it something that comes easy to you?

Or maybe you're focusing your energy on the wrong people.

Listen to this episode of the Profit Party Podcast and find out what steps you might be missing in your messaging.

THIS EPISODE IS SPONSORED BY: THE PROFIT PARTY ACADEMY If you've been in business for a few years and have hit a plateau, you're ready to make more money, and you're stuck, Tonya Rineer's Profit Party Academy is designed specifically for you. She wants to help you break down limiting beliefs and mindset blocks to set you up to rock in your business.

The group academy will be a mix of group calls, mastermind and calls with Tonya. If you want more information, RSVP for her Profit Party Academy.

IN THIS EPISODE 4:30 There's often fear surrounding putting products or services out into the world and that's a limiting belief that keeps you from telling what you have. You want to be able to comfortably share what you sell.

5:34 Sales pitches don't have to be salesy and sleazy. When you're passionate about it, you'll easily share about it.

6:07 You have to believe in what you're doing and the value you're offering. You have to know what you have is amazing and can change lives.

6:34 The next thing you need to figure out is whose life are you wanting to change? When you figure that out, it becomes easier to talk to people about it.

7:54 We are trained to tune into only the messages that apply to us.

8:44 When you're putting yourself out there, only the people who care about what you say are the ones who will pay attention to your message. Those people who are paying attention are your customers and who you should focus your energy on.

10:23 The goal is to get really comfortable with who you're talking to because it's getting your information out. You have to be okay with the fact that you won't meet the needs of everyone. Funnel your energy to only those who are interested and once you do that, it's an amazing feeling.

11:48 Give yourself permission to be a little flexible, and talk to people about what you do until it's natural and fluid.

[bctt tweet="Sales pitches don't have to be salesy and sleazy. #profitparty" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * You want to be able to comfortably share what you sell. * We are trained to tune into only the messages that apply to us. * Those people who are paying attention are your customers and who you should focus your energy on. * Give yourself permission to be a little flexible, and talk to people about what you do until it's natural and fluid.

EPISODE RESOURCES Kendra Hennesy - Mother Like a Boss

Episode 012 - Why Women have Limiting Beliefs
Episode 013 - Does your Why Make You Cry

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Money is something all business owners handle whether it's analyzing profit, paying others or calculating taxes. Join Melissa and Tonya as they discuss best practices for handling money and gain tips from Melissa for maximizing you time by creating money systems.

Melissa Whaley is a licensed Tax Pro, Bookkeeper, and California girl. She help entrepreneurs karate chop their stress and get their finances in order. Melissa loves hanging out with friends over coffee and that's what she wants my clients and students to experience. Grab a cup and let's learn about the financial side of running your business with Melissa!

IN THIS EPISODE 1:00 Melissa is joining Tonya to talk about the money side of business.

3:20 Melissa's parents were both entrepreneurs and how money was growing up.

6:02 What Melissa has learned from her parents about money and about budgeting through maxing out credit cards and spending money in college.

10:29 How Melissa helps business owners to build the systems to track their money. Her sweet spot in helping them figure out where they're spending money and then figuring out the puzzle of taxes.

12:41 Melissa's favorite tools for working with money.

15:05 Easy tips and habits to implement that will make it easier to see what money is available for your business. A lot of times the systems Melissa uses can be overwhelming, but find a system that works for you.

20:25 Realize that you don't have to do it all by yourself if you need help. You can also have an accountability partner who would check in with if you're doing what you need to do.

22:20 How to set profit goals and how to meet them.

25:24 Advice from Melissa on taxes and tax season. The common questions she receives on deductions and the answers.

29:40 How Melissa works with tax clients and what she offers for her monthly clients.

[bctt tweet="If you don't know how much you've made then your money is running you, you're not running your money." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * How Melissa learned from being in debt and how she started getting her finances under control. * Melissa's favorite things about working with entrepreneurs and their money. * Make a commitment to yourself that you're going to sit down and work on your business. * Evaluate your spending habits on a monthly basis. * How Melissa serves clients.

EPISODE RESOURCES * Wave * Quickbooks

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

CONTINUE THE PROFIT PARTY WITH MELISSA Melissa's website
Melissa's Facebook page
Melissa's YouTube channel

SHARE THE LOVE! Thanks so much for hanging out with me! Have some feedback you'd love to share? Leave a comment below. Or... if you want your comment or biz question featured on an upcoming episode, leave a voicemail. I'd love to spotlight you!

If this episode was valuable, please help by paying it forward and sharing with a friend :-)

View Details

Do you remember the Golden Rule from your childhood? Well, it applies to your business. Tonya shares how when you invest in yourself and your business, the universe recognizes that and you get a return on your investment.

THIS EPISODE IS SPONSORED BY: THE PROFIT PARTY ACADEMY If you've been in business for a few years and have hit a plateau, you're ready to make more money, and you're stuck, Tonya Rineer's Profit Party Academy is designed specifically for you. She wants to help you break down limiting beliefs and mindset blocks to set you up to rock in your business.

The group academy will be a mix of group calls, mastermind and calls with Tonya. If you want more information, RSVP for her Profit Party Academy.

IN THIS EPISODE 1:50 The Golden Rule applies to business.

4:04 Your thoughts and emotions around investing in your business. It might be outsourcing, education, personal growth and development or distributing your funds.

4:45 The energy you put out into the universe will come back to you. If you want to have people invest in you, then you have to invest in others.

6:48 There's a tipping point of when people will start investing in your products or services, but it starts with you. You have to output before you get input.

8:44 It might be scary to start investing in yourself, but Tonya gives homework and breaks down the steps to figuring out where you can invest in yourself.

10:29 Rating the list of what you need in your business with the number of negative emotions. Writing down who your dream person would be to fill the needs in your business.

13:22 Shopping for people in other places than business. We look at what others do in their profession and the way they carry themselves in their business reflects on how they run their business. Turn that around and reflect on how you're treating your own business.

14:55 Be the one who puts the vibe of investing in your business and yourself out, and allow that to come back to yourself.

[bctt tweet="There's a tipping point of when people will start investing in your products or services, but it starts with you." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * The Golden Rule applies to business. * If you want to have people invest in you, then you have to invest in others. * When you put out the vibe of investing in your business into the universe, that comes back to you.

EPISODE RESOURCES Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

Procrastinating in business. Everyone does it. So where are you procrastinating? And how do you start moving forward? Tonya has practical applications to get you moving forward in your business and breaking through the mindset blocks you have.

THIS EPISODE IS SPONSORED BY: THE PROFIT PARTY ACADEMY If you've been in business for a few years and have hit a plateau, you're ready to make more money, and you're stuck, Tonya Rineer's Profit Party Academy is designed specifically for you. She wants to help you break down limiting beliefs and mindset blocks to set you up to rock in your business.

The group academy will be a mix of group calls, mastermind and calls with Tony. If you want more information, RSVP for her Profit Party Academy.

IN THIS EPISODE 2:10 Why we procrastinate and a few things we can do to overcome it and make more money in our business.

2:38 Usually we avoid things because we want to avoid pain.

3:37 Facing the unknown, risks and staying in our safe place.

4:25 What are those things you've been avoiding. The big picture seems easy, but you've been putting those things off.

6:37 If you want to make money, you have to be willing to step outside of your safe place. Ask yourself if you've been procrastinating and making excuses in areas of business.

9:00 Do some reflection on what will happen if you address the points in your business you're afraid of. Sometimes it's better to play out the worst case scenario so you know what it could be like so your mind is prepared to handle it.

13:02 Pushing past your comfort zone and what will happen as you move forward in your business. Fears are so much worse in our heads when we go out do them.

13:39 Identifying the best case scenario. Visualize what that looks like in your life and allow yourself to become excited about it. You can compare the best case verses the worst case and push yourself a little bit.

14:48 Identify what it is that you need to do. This means looking at your goals. You can add these into your weekly schedule to mentally prepare and then move forward.

17:29 Ways you can pump yourself up for bit goals are tapping, practice affirmations or meditations around the thing, or get an accountability partner.

18:30 Tonya's new Profit Party Academy will help you rock your business the next few months.

[bctt tweet="Facing the unknown risk and staying in your safe place means you might be procrastinating. #profitparty" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * Facing the unknown, risks and staying in our safe place. * Areas of business where you might be avoiding and how you can work through them. * Play out the worst case scenario so you know what it could be like so your mind is prepared to handle it.

EPISODE RESOURCES Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

View Details

The secret to developing a strong business and continuing even in the hard times is identifying your why that makes you cry. This will be your fuel to take action out of your comfort zone and go further into your money mindset.

IN THIS EPISODE

0:25 Overcoming self-doubt. We have a voice inside us that challenges our dreams, that's the voice of limiting beliefs.

1:29 You have to connect with your why. Dig deep inside to identify your why, which leads to an abundant life and helps identify what fulfills you.

2:27 What is your why? Why is your why important to you? Ask yourself why until you're in tears.

3:26 How the book Skinny Bitch impacted Tonya to become a vegetarian and how it relates to her why.

6:54 I knew I, Tonya, was making a difference through my decision and that was enough to keep me going when it was really hard to keep going.

8:08 You have to make the decision to impact one person and allow that to lead you. Ask yourself where you want to make a difference in the world and decide that you can impact one person.

9:18 Tonya's journaling invitation and prompt to dig into your why and find out why you're doing what you're doing in business.

[bctt tweet="Ask yourself why until you're in tears." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Your why should make you cry.
  • You have to make the decision to impact one person and allow that to lead you.
  • The fuel to take action out of your comfort zone.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Skinny Bitch

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

SHARE THE LOVE!

Thanks so much for hanging out with me! Have some feedback you'd love to share? Leave a comment below. Or... if you want your comment or biz question featured on an upcoming episode, leave a voicemail. I'd love to spotlight you!

If this episode was valuable, please help by paying it forward and sharing with a friend :-)

View Details

Do you know why there are mindset blocks? Do you know how to identify them in your own life?

Tonya shares her own personal story and why she's so passionate her work as a money mindset coach for female entrepreneurs.

IN THIS EPISODE 0:26 What are mind blocks and limiting beliefs?

1:24 Tonya's story of why she cares about money mindset and why she's passionate about money mindset. Tonya's limiting belief from her childhood and teenage years where money is power and control, it's best to have just enough, excess money is dangerous and money is trouble.

7:14 How Tonya strove for independence led to her creating businesses and patterns of self-sabotage.

9:02 The realization that as a little girl, she watched adult interactions with money and realized that's how her money mindset had been created.

10:19 It's important to uncover the patterns and dispel the myths around mindset. To dig deep with clients and find out what thoughts have been created from childhood.

11:37 Below the fear around money is how you feel about yourself. Your self-worth is depicted in your mindset.

14:02 Building a business based on strength and be successful and makes an impact.

[bctt tweet="What I saw as a little girl was that money equaled power and control. #profitparty" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * Tonya's past and how as a little girl, she watched adult interactions with money and realized that's how her money mindset had been created. * Below the fear around money is how you feel about yourself. * Find out what thoughts have been created from childhood. * The tools to build a business based on strength and success.

EPISODE RESOURCES Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

SHARE THE LOVE! Thanks so much for hanging out with me! Have some feedback you'd love to share? Leave a comment below. Or... if you want your comment or biz question featured on an upcoming episode, leave a voicemail. I'd love to spotlight you!

If this episode was valuable, please help by paying it forward and sharing with a friend :-)

View Details

Does it feel like you're just not getting anywhere in your business and success is taking forever?

Tonya gives you reasons why your success might be taking a little longer and what you should do in the meantime.

IN THIS EPISODE

0:21 What do you do when success is taking too long and the money doesn't come fast enough? Tonya answers these questions that she's gotten multiple times from her clients.

1:18 If you're building a business online, it takes a little longer.

1:47 Meeting people in person helps build and establish relationships. In person relationships make it easier to build trust so when you're building a business online, and that's why it takes longer.

4:15 You have to take time to pause. When you're hustling and pushing so hard, you push everything away, even the positive. Take time to reflect on what's working and the feedback that others are taking. Be mindful of what your clients want, need and value. Allow yourself to receive and focus on celebrating the little wins.

6:58 Focus on what you want more of. If you want more clients, focus on the clients you already have. Continue to be in a place of positive thoughts rather than negative lacking.

[bctt tweet="Celebrate whats working, focus on what you have and stay positive. #profitparty" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Be comfortable with it taking a little bit longer to build an online business.
  • Allowing yourself to receive what your business is bringing you.
  • Take time to reflect on what's working and the feedback that others are taking.
  • Focus on what you want more of and stay positive.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Dana Malstaff - Boss Mom

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

SHARE THE LOVE! Thanks so much for hanging out with me! Have some feedback you'd love to share? Leave a comment below. Or... if you want your comment or biz question featured on an upcoming episode, leave a voicemail. I'd love to spotlight you!

If this episode was valuable, please help by paying it forward and sharing with a friend :-)

View Details

Maternity leave is possible as an entrepreneur and our guest, Arianna Toboada, helps soon-to-be mothers prepare, plan and achieve a successful time off in their business.

Arianna is a maternal health consultant who works with experienced entrepreneurs who are becoming first time mothers, helping them customize their maternity leave plan and return to work. She is deeply committed to providing on-going, multi-faceted support that meets the professional, physical, mental, social, and emotional needs of entrepreneurs as they babyproof their business and navigate new motherhood.

Prior to her consulting practice, Arianna worked on maternal health issues for over a decade as a health educator, a social worker in a mental health clinic, a reproductive health researcher, and a yoga therapist. She draws from her expertise as a maternal health professional, combined with her experience as a business owner and mother, to provide highly personalized services so expecting entrepreneurs have the tools and information they need to make decisions and take action when it comes to balancing their business with a new baby.

Arianna lives, works, and plays with her family in Playa del Carmen, Mexico.

IN THIS EPISODE 3:42 Arianna shares how she works with entrepreneurs who are preparing for maternity leave and figuring out what needs to happen in their business before they can take maternity leave.

4:46 She believes maternity leave is possible and can happen successfully as an entrepreneur.

6:31 There are seasons of business. There is hustle and there is time to sit back and reap the rewards of your hard work. During maternity leave, you want to be completely present.

9:00 What and who Arianna serves and what it looks like to work with her.

11:16 The unique ability that entrepreneurs have to transition slowly into maternity leave and transition back into work that happens in the traditional 9-5.

15:03 Arianna's personal story of how she had overcome a block to turn herself into a client when she became pregnant. She had to realize that her business wouldn't grow during her maternity time and how she turned the energy from growing her business to growing her family.

22:15 Her goal in prioritizing business or family in each situation and trusting your gut and tuning in on maintaining balance.

23:52 What it looks like for Arianna's clients financially. What their concerns are and how she walks through the money planning with them.

30:42 Facing uncertainties and unknowns in business. How Arianna helps her clients develop strategies and a powerful mindset to get through different pivots and shifts in their business.

33:57 Arianna's message for pregnant entrepreneurs. Having a strong support network will never be a bad thing. Figure out who you need in your support system, know what the gaps are in your support network and work to fill those. A resource is available for where you can go if you feel isolated as a new mom.

[bctt tweet="Maternity leave is possible and can happen successfully as an entrepreneur. #profitparty" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * Maternity leave is possible and can happen successfully as an entrepreneur. * During maternity leave, you want to be completely present. * There's a mindset around handing over the reigns in your business while you're on maternity leave. * Integrating motherhood with the professional identity Arianna has established. * What it looks like for Arianna's clients financially.

CONTINUE THE PROFIT PARTY WITH ARIANNA Arianna Toboada's website
Arianna's Facebook page
Resources for expecting entrepreneurs

EPISODE RESOURCES Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

SHARE THE LOVE! Thanks so much for hanging out with me! Have some feedback you'd love to share? Leave a comment below. Or... if you want your comment or biz question featured on an upcoming episode, leave a voicemail. I'd love to spotlight you!

If this episode was valuable, please help by paying it forward and sharing with a friend :-)

View Details

How do you raise your rates without turning off potential clients?

Tonya gives wisdom and insight into the steps you must take showcase your worth as you raise your rates and continue to highlight your value to potential clients.

IN THIS EPISODE 0:22 Tonya shares a story about outsourcing because outsourcing is all the buzz. If we want to leverage our resources and grow our business, we need to outsource.

1:28 But what happens when you raise your prices too fast and you outprice your perceived value. Your greatest business resource is your network and getting referrals from your network.

1:39 Your reputation is at stake when you refer someone. Your greatest business resource is your network.

2:49 It's really important to think of what people will say about you when you set your prices. If you're too low, people might question your knowledge, your quality of work and expertise status. But if you charge too much and don't deliver, your reputation is going to go down because you don't meet expectations.

4:03 How do you make sure your reputation and perceived value is right on for what your charging?

  • Make sure you have a great client onboarding process. Take the right clients and the ones who are the perfect fit for you.
  • Make sure your perceived value is higher than what it is that your charging.

5:55 Be as good of an educator as you are a sales person. If you're educating them and opening the lines of communication and if you match, then it's a match.

6:48 Common issues that a possible client might have before they hire you. You can educate to meet those fears or issues and you are showing them that you can meet those needs. You are making them feel really comfortable.

7:48 You are taking potential clients on an awareness journey. If you invest in the process, and educate them, even if they aren't the right fit, they will share you with others. The investment in the education process will pay off in the end.

9:00 If they get to the end of the awareness scale with you, it will show them how valuable it is to work with you.

9:27 In order to allow for potential and new clients to understand your value, you have to know what your ideal client values. And then ask them what they are thinking and how they are feeling after every interaction with you.

10:30 At the end of your time working with a client, follow up with them on how you met what they value.

14:00 What can happen when you get too big and the value isn't perceived.

14:50 What does it look like for you to have those referrals from previous clients and you move forward? Tonya gives scenarios on raising your rates and allowing for you to coming below your perceived value.

17:13 Have a plan in place for raising your rates.

17:33 Increasing your value and growing instead of lowering rates. This might be necessary if you get people telling you that your prices are too high.

[bctt tweet="Your greatest business resource is your network and how you use it." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * In order to allow for an understanding of your value, you know what your ideal client values. * It's really important to think of what people will say about you when you set your prices. * Your greatest business resource is your network and how you use it.

EPISODE RESOURCES Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

SHARE THE LOVE! Thanks so much for hanging out with me! Have some feedback you'd love to share? Leave a comment below. Or... if you want your comment or biz question featured on an upcoming episode, leave a voicemail. I'd love to spotlight you!

If this episode was valuable, please help by paying it forward and sharing with a friend :-)

View Details

Networking is essential for business, are you ready to rock the next networking event?

These tips by Tonya are going to get you ready for the next event and give you the confidence to not just show up, but to show up and make important connections.

IN THIS EPISODE 0:29 Business is people which means that networking is critical for success.

1:06 This podcast episode is for those who get uncomfortable with thinking about networking events and how to be relaxed and be comfortable.three things that have worked for Tonya at networking events.

There are three things that have worked for Tonya at networking events.

3:07 Tip one: Take deep breaths and center yourself.

6:31 Tip two: be healthy. Take care of yourself so you can be your best.

9:36 Tip three: Pay attention to how comfortable you are in the event. Making judgments are natural and if you're fake and phony, authenticity will be rewarded.

13:43 Be more interested in others than you are interested in being interesting. Ask questions that allow for great communication and conversation.

15:28 Building rapport through mirroring a person's stance or tone of voice and speed they talk.

[bctt tweet="Business is people, networking is critical for success. #profitparty" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * Networking events are crucial for business success. * Tips on how to rock networking events for introverts. * Affirmations you can use when you're uncomfortable. * Go into the event with the focus of being helpful and serving. * Step into the power of your uniqueness and own it. * Be prepared to be yourself.

EPISODE RESOURCES Braffirmations... How to Create Power Affirmations that Actually Work

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

SHARE THE LOVE! Thanks so much for hanging out with me! Have some feedback you'd love to share? Leave a comment below. Or... if you want your comment or biz question featured on an upcoming episode, leave a voicemail. I'd love to spotlight you!

If this episode was valuable, please help by paying it forward and sharing with a friend :-)

View Details

Having great team members and contractors is essential for every business, which is why in this episode, we get cozy with copywriter Tara Bosler. In addition to having great writing tips, Tara has broken through numerous money mindset blocks and she shares her triumphs with us.

Tara is a professional writer who creates awesome content for fellow mom entrepreneurs to free up more shine time for them in their life and biz. She lives in the Greater Philadelphia area with her amazing daughter and crazy dog and is most grateful for hot coffee.

IN THIS EPISODE 1:33 Tara shares how she started copywriting for mom entrepreneurs and the journey that led her there.

3:46 Why Tara's so passionate about empowering women.

5:32 You can create a life that is perfect for you and your family as a mom entrepreneur. It's a space where they are re-writing the script on their own terms. I work to support women as they run their businesses.

7:03 Tara's definition of abundance: it's a choice you make and how you choose to see your life.

8:12 How Tara changed her mindset, having to break away from the mindset her parents had and change what she believed about money and abundance.

10: 37 Just because something works once, doesn't mean it will happen all the time. You have to do things in business that resonate with you, not what resonates with everyone else.

11:52 The shift that took place in Tara's life that allowed her to step into abundance.

14:27 There's an art to allowing to let go. Tara sees both in the business owners she works with either in letting go of money or control.

17:04 Tips from Tara on working together with a copywriter and her process in working with clients.

21:00 Tara shares what she would look for in a potential hire and how to feel comfortable hiring a copywriter.

25:38 What super power Tara would have passed down to her younger self and how it would have changed her life.

[bctt tweet="Abundance: it's a choice you make and how you choose to see your life. " username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * Empowering women is what I love to do. - Tara * How Tara had to break away from her parents belief and step into abundance. - Tara * You have to do things in business that resonate with you, not what resonates with everyone else. - Tara * Anyone who decides to outsource in a business, you should. - Tara

CONTINUE THE PARTY WITH TARA Tara's website

Tara's Facebook page

Fun fact about Tara: My first concert was new kids on the block when I was 7 years old.

EPISODE RESOURCES Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

SHARE THE LOVE! Thanks so much for hanging out with me! Have some feedback you'd love to share? Leave a comment below. Or... if you want your comment or biz question featured on an upcoming episode, leave a voicemail. I'd love to spotlight you!

If this episode was valuable, please help by paying it forward and sharing with a friend :-)

View Details

It's Valentine's Day and also the release of the 50 Shades of Grey movie. Did you know that money can be a lot like 50 Shades of Grey? With money, there is a servant and a master. Money mindset has a lot to do with you being either a servant or master to your money. In this episode, Tonya gives tips on how to become a master of your money.

IN THIS EPISODE 2:06 When we talk about money mindset, there are 50 different ideas and types of mindsets around money.

2:48 With money, there are servant and master roles. There is also control that happens with money. A lot of women allow their money to control them and they don't know what money is coming in and going out.

3:21 Tonya shares a personal story about how she was embarrassed to not know what a gains and losses summary was and how she was controlled by money.

4:27 Gaining control of your money is easier and faster than you realize. There are many sources to help you learn how to manage your money.

5:30 Make 2017 a year of progress in controlling your money and making your money serve you.

6:21 Tonya's homework for mastering your money. Print your credit report.

7:50 Knowing what your financial information looks like is powerful for a woman. You want to know that you can take care of yourself if you need to.

8:36 Create a debt payoff plan. You can see progress through creating this plan and paying debt off.

9:14 Create a spending plan. You control how you spend your money. Look at your plan as proactively spending your money before you even have your money in hand.

11:00 Put enough money in the bank to get you feeling comfortable with any unexpected emergency situations that will come up.

13:14 Invest in yourself. Invest in your mindset. If you have an unhealthy mindset and you're 50 shades of money mindset, you need get to the bottom of it.

16:38 Ask yourself what your mindset pattern is around money. Is it healthy, or does it need work? If you want to change direction, you need to train hard on those things to create a new pattern.

18:24 Retraining your mindset will change your life forever. You can go from servant to master of your money.

[bctt tweet="You can go from servant to master of your money. #profitparty" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * As a business owner, you should be aware of the money going in and out. * In order to grow, you have to do a little bit of work, but it will be worth it. * Gain a healthy understanding of what your money snapshot looks like. * Everyone has an emotional number that needs to be in the bank to keep themselves feeling good. * You can go from servant to master of your money.

EPISODE RESOURCES 50 Shades of Grey

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

SHARE THE LOVE! Thanks so much for hanging out with me! Have some feedback you'd love to share? Leave a comment below. Or... if you want your comment or biz question featured on an upcoming episode, leave a voicemail. I'd love to spotlight you!

If this episode was valuable, please help by paying it forward and sharing with a friend :-)

View Details

We're diving into the topic of abundance.

What I've found in talking to women about abundance is words make a difference when you approach the topic of profit and abundance.

Listen to this podcast and examine abundance means to you.

IN THIS EPISODE :38 Ask yourself what your profit goals are for your business.

1:03 Words used to describe abundance vary in the emotional triggers they produce.

1:30 What is your version of the perfect life? Tonya reads what others in her community have said.

2:36 Defining what you want in your idea of a perfect life is can help you to figure out what it is that abundance means to you.

2:52 Lindsey Ambrose's defines abundance as goodness flowing through all areas of life.

3:36 Mary Sue Anderson doesn't want to work because she has to, she wants to do it because she wants to. She wants freedom in her work.

4:20 Katlyn Hable wants to use abundance in order to give. She has so much love and joy to give others. Rich means no debt.

5:38 Rich and abundance in the perfect life, once you start to put them into context, mean freedom to live the life you want. You can make an impact in the world around us.

6:50 Why women sacrifice the freedom they want because they feel guilty or bad about wanting abundance.

8:55 What Tonya adds into her budget to help others along the way to meeting her financial goals.

[bctt tweet="Rich is amplifying goodness and allowing it to spread wiser." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * We, as entrepreneurs, create a self-imposed income ceiling. * Rich is amplifying goodness and allowing it to spread further. * Every step you take to get where you want to go in your profit goals, you can help others along the way.

EPISODE RESOURCES Lindsay Ambrose - Every Day Every Mom

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!::

View Details

When making goals, sometimes you need to make a list of what you don't want before you can make a list of what you do want.

So in today's episode and Facebook live recording, Tonya talks about how to define a life you want by making a list of things you do not want.

Jump on in with us.

IN THIS EPISODE

:35 Why do you want to accomplish your goals? What are the feelings you're going for?

1:30 Basic things we look to fulfill in goal setting and setting to goals to fulfill what are we need to feel.

2:33 If you have a hard time making goals of what you want, you can make a "do not want list".

2:37 We focus on what we want for the law of attraction, but there is a time and place to identify what we don't want. And then we can identify what we do want.

3:11 Create a list of what you don't want. Then you can make a list of what you do want.

4:03 Decision is key here because you accept nothing less than what you want.

4:30 You deserve to carve out the life that you want. When you decide what you don't want, you'll have clarity on what you do want for the year.

6:20 Make a commitment to doing this, it's not just for personal things but it can be for business as well.

7:17 Tonya talks about how she created her own list and what she did with the do not list.

[bctt tweet="There are times in your life you need to make a do not want list." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • There is a time and a place to consider what we don't want. When you have trouble setting goals is one of those times.
  • Take five minutes and figure out what you don't want, so you can figure out what you do want.
  • Define your ideal life and decide what you don't want anymore.

EPISODE RESOURCES

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

SHARE THE LOVE! Thanks so much for hanging out with me! Have some feedback you'd love to share? Leave a comment below. Or... if you want your comment or biz question featured on an upcoming episode, leave a voicemail. I'd love to spotlight you!

If this episode was valuable, please help by paying it forward and sharing with a friend :-)

View Details

At the Profit Party, we love to help build your resources for running your business. One of the ways we do this is to share information. In this episode, we have Danielle Roberts who will be talking about onboarding a team member.

Danielle is a VA concierge for small business owners who is passionate about helping others grow their business through finding the right help for them. Her service offerings include small business growth strategy and consulting as well as traditional online business management services. She is married and a mom of three.

IN THIS EPISODE 2:00 Danielle tells what she does and the role she plays in her business.

2:54 Danielle answers the fear that business owners have when they think about hiring for their team.

3:45 The mindset block of adding to your business.

5:18 You are losing money by not adding to your team.

6:25 Onboarding a team member not only helps you make money, it also alleviates mental strain and gives business owners someone to help run their business.

8:30 Tonya and Danielle talk about the first steps in preparing to hire.

10:44 Hiring for a role or skill. Which one is better and how do you decide which one you should pursue.

12:20 Tips on hiring and how chemistry is key in building a team.

13:50 Danielle shares her backstory and how she started her business, Legacy Creative Company.

17:28 How Danielle's mindset shifted and understanding her mindset block led to her raising her rates to be what her value is.

19:24 Lessons we can learn from listening to Danielle's story. How we compare prices in our industries to set our prices, how confidence in yourself enhances your portrayal of value.

22:05 How breaking through the money mindset block has given Danielle hope for her goals she has made for 2017.

[bctt tweet="It feels so good to know that you're not by yourself anymore in running your business. #profitparty" username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * Any step forward in adding a team member is a move in the right direction. * It feels so good to know that you're not by yourself anymore in running your business. * There has to be a mindset shift of realizing you're not able to run your business by yourself. * You have to decide that you're going to spend the money and make your first hire. * You have to invest in the right people who can do the tasks you can't.

EPISODE RESOURCES Danielle's VA Strategy Session

Ready Set Onboard

Check out the Beginner's Guide to Affirmations for more info on the traditional way of doing them.

Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where everyday is a party!

SHARE THE LOVE! Thanks so much for hanging out with me! Have some feedback you'd love to share? Leave a comment below. Or... if you want your comment or biz question featured on an upcoming episode, leave a voicemail. I'd love to spotlight you!

If this episode was valuable, please help by paying it forward and sharing with a friend :-)

View Details

It's great to have beliefs about your business, but is what you know really true?

Money in your business is key so it's important to challenge what you believe when it comes to money mindset.

Come on, let's explore the way you think and become clear on your money mindset.

IN THIS EPISODE :30 It’s important to challenge what you’re thinking about in relation to your business.

:55 Your financial well-being is a direct correlation of what you’re thinking about money.

3:20 It’s important to realize that perceptions shape what you think, but they can change.

4:10 In manifestation, if you believe something is true, it’s going to happen. You can change circumstances through your thoughts.

4:44 How the power of belief impacts your business.

8:06 Tonya explains the law of attraction and changing thought patterns.

8:26 What Tonya recommend you do to check your thoughts.

10:26 Ask what you believe is possible right now. Make that a daily practice.

11:29 What does abundance mean for you? Abundance is possible when you realize what it really means for you.

12:06 Breaking past limiting beliefs through controlling your thoughts.

12:48 Ask yourself: Am I on the right track with my thoughts?

KEY TAKEAWAYS * Abundance is possible once you realize what it means for you. * We get so focused on the goals as entrepreneurs, we need to take the time to focus on our thoughts and enjoy the journey.

EPISODE RESOURCES Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where every day is a party!

SHARE THE LOVE! Thanks so much for hanging out with me! Have some feedback you'd love to share? Leave a comment below. Or... if you want your comment or biz question featured on an upcoming episode, leave a voicemail. I'd love to spotlight you!

If this episode was valuable, please help by paying it forward and sharing with a friend :-)

View Details

IN THIS EPISODE 0:31 What the Party Profit Podcast is all about

1:45 Tonya talks about what it takes to run a successful business online

2:10 The importance of community

3:0 Topics we’ll be diving into on the podcast

3:35 Tonya’s jam and favorite topic - mindset

5:35 Join our Facebook community at theProfitPartyCommunity.com

[bctt tweet="I want to teach you how to train your brain for success." username="tonyarineer"]

KEY TAKEAWAYS * Running a good business online takes more than a great idea and a lot of hustle, you have to know a little bit of everything. And that’s what we’re going to learn here. * You have to be prepared with a healthy mindset to run your business. * If you’re not making a profit, you don’t really have a business. * Building a community is essential to business. * I want to teach you how to train your brain for success.

EPISODE RESOURCES Free Money Mindset Training- just in case you're ready to take your profit power to the next level!

Hang out with us inside our free Facebook Community- where everyday is a party!

SHARE THE LOVE! Thanks so much for hanging out with me! Have some feedback you'd love to share? Leave a comment below. Or... if you want your comment or biz question featured on an upcoming episode, leave a voicemail. I'd love to spotlight you!

If this episode was valuable, please help by paying it forward and sharing with a friend :-)